Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,800 missions · 1,014 completed

Missions

Open786Completed1014All1800
Captain: mikedeng1

A Unified Convergence Analysis of Block Successive Minimization Methods for Nonsmooth Optimization III: Every Limit Point of BSCA with Armijo Steps Is a Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Large optimization models often split their variables into blocks that can be handled separately. A method can then solve one smaller approximation problem per iteration instead of the full problem. The block successive convex approximation (BSCA) method of Razaviyayn, Hong and Luo allows the block approximation to guide the search without requiring it to be a global upper bound on the original objective. This matters when an upper bound is awkward to construct but a locally accurate convex model is available. The question is what such a run can approach: a small objective value by itself does not certify first-order optimality.

The paper develops this result after its successive upper-bound minimization methods. Theorem 4 of the pinned preprint gives the limit-point guarantee for BSCA with an Armijo step search. The mission records that result and the numbered relations (31)–(34) and (39) that organize the argument, using the 2012 preprint as the sole source for statement indices and page numbers.

Setting

The decision vector is a block vector x=(x1,…,xN)x=(x_1,\ldots,x_N)x=(x1​,…,xN​), with block xix_ixi​ in a nonempty, closed, convex set Xi⊆RmiX_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{m_i}Xi​⊆Rmi​. The feasible set is X=∏i=1NXiX=\prod_{i=1}^{N}X_iX=∏i=1N​Xi​. A continuously differentiable objective fff assigns each feasible vector a real value. A point z∈Xz\in Xz∈X is stationary when f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge0f′(z;d)≥0 for every direction ddd whose full step z+dz+dz+d lies in XXX. For a smooth objective, f′(z;d)f'(z;d)f′(z;d) is the derivative of fff in direction ddd.

For block iii, the function hi(yi,x)h_i(y_i,x)hi​(yi​,x) approximates the objective as the trial block yiy_iyi​ varies around a current point xxx. Its directional derivative at yi=xiy_i=x_iyi​=xi​ agrees with the objective derivative in the corresponding one-block direction, as in equation (30). Each hi(⋅,x)h_i(\cdot,x)hi​(⋅,x) is strictly convex on XiX_iXi​, and hih_ihi​ varies continuously with its trial block and feasible base point. Strict convexity is a condition in the trial block for each fixed xxx; it does not say that hih_ihi​ is jointly convex in both arguments.

At iteration rrr, a cyclic schedule chooses one block iii. A minimizer yiry_i^ryir​ of hi(⋅,xr)h_i(\cdot,x^r)hi​(⋅,xr) over XiX_iXi​ replaces that block in yry^ryr; all other blocks of yry^ryr equal those of xrx^rxr. The search direction is dr=yr−xrd^r=y^r-x^rdr=yr−xr. With σ,β∈(0,1)\sigma,\beta\in(0,1)σ,β∈(0,1) and an initial trial length αinit>0\alpha^{\rm init}>0αinit>0, the Armijo rule chooses the largest member αr\alpha^rαr of {αinitβj:j=0,1,…}\{\alpha^{\rm init}\beta^j:j=0,1,\ldots\}{αinitβj:j=0,1,…} satisfying

f(xr)−f(xr+αrdr)≥−σαrf′(xr;dr),f(x^r)-f(x^r+\alpha^r d^r)\ge-\sigma\alpha^r f'(x^r;d^r),f(xr)−f(xr+αrdr)≥−σαrf′(xr;dr),

then sets xr+1=xr+αrdrx^{r+1}=x^r+\alpha^r d^rxr+1=xr+αrdr. The selected minimizer can be any one of the block minimizers; the definition does not prescribe a hidden tie-breaking rule.

Formalization targets

The first targets identify descent and line-search existence. Equation (31) says the chosen block direction has a nonpositive derivative. Equation (32) says a strict descent direction admits a trial index. The later milestones state the vanishing scaled derivative (33), a subsequence with vanishing search directions (34), and limiting block optimality following (39).

The goal is Theorem 4: for every limit point zzz of the sequence generated by cyclic BSCA,

z∈X,f′(z;d)≥0for every d with z+d∈X.z\in X,\qquad f'(z;d)\ge0\quad\text{for every }d\text{ with }z+d\in X.z∈X,f′(z;d)≥0for every d with z+d∈X.

This is a limit-point assertion. It does not assert convergence of the entire iterate sequence, a convergence rate, or global optimality of a stationary point.

Significance

Theorem 4 identifies what an accumulation point of BSCA must satisfy even though its block models need only local first-order agreement rather than global upper bounds. In a nonconvex problem, stationarity is a meaningful first-order conclusion but need not be a global minimum. The exact role of the step search is important: accepting some Armijo step gives decrease, whereas the theorem's limit-point claim uses the largest acceptable member of the geometric trial sequence.

This mission asks solvers to supply machine-checked proofs for a known paper theorem and its stated supporting relations. The draft statements compile as open theorems; they are not proofs. The reusable output includes a block run predicate, an explicit first-order agreement predicate, and a bridge between feasible-direction stationarity and an extended-real objective on the full block space. These objects also make subsequent variants of cyclic block methods easier to state precisely.

Difficulty

A simple decrease argument shows that objective values do not increase, but the accepted step sizes may approach zero. Therefore decrease alone does not imply dr→0d^r\to0dr→0 or that a limit point minimizes every block model. The paper's key limit statement singles out a convergent subsequence on which a fixed block is updated and finds a further subsequence with vanishing directions. Passing block optimality to the limit then requires continuity of the approximation and feasible limit points. The cyclic schedule is needed to cover all blocks, while first-order agreement turns block optimality into stationarity for the original smooth objective.

Formalization scope

Lean uses the published TsengBCD.Stationary.X for the finite product of Euclidean block spaces, its extended-real lower directional derivative, and its stationary-point predicate. The product has the sup norm rather than the paper's Euclidean product norm; in finite dimension the notions of convergence used here agree. Blocks and iterations are indexed from zero. The paper's cyclic choice i=(r mod N)+1i=(r\bmod N)+1i=(rmodN)+1 is reindexed so the step from xrx^rxr to xr+1x^{r+1}xr+1 updates block r mod Nr\bmod NrmodN. The existence of the schedule already rules out zero blocks.

The objective is a real function on the full block space, with ContDiff ℝ 1 expressing the paper's continuous differentiability. This makes the Fréchet derivative used in the Armijo test equal to the paper's lower directional derivative at the points in question. For stationarity, the objective is extended by +∞+\infty+∞ outside XXX, so infeasible directions cannot silently become admissible. The approximation derivative remains extended-real because the paper assumes only convexity for that function. ContinuousOn is taken on the product of a feasible trial block and a feasible base point.

Two points are explicit in the formalization. First, 0<αinit≤10<\alpha^{\rm init}\le10<αinit≤1 ensures that a convex combination of xrx^rxr and yry^ryr stays in XXX; the paper prints only positivity. Whether Theorem 4 holds without this restriction under a different global interpretation of fff and hih_ihi​ remains a separate question. Second, Figure 4 mixes rrr and r−1r-1r−1 in the approximation, direction, and update lines. The run follows the adjacent prose and proof, all of which construct the direction at the current iterate. For (33), the existence of a limit point makes explicit the proof's standing situation and gives the decreasing objective a finite limit. An arbitrary unrelated sequence, an Armijo step that is not the largest accepted trial, or an objective extension that gives a default zero derivative off XXX is outside this scope.

The remaining proof work includes feasibility of every iterate, first-order agreement along the selected block, the Armijo existence statement, the subsequence claim, passage of block minimization to the limit, and the final stationary-point equivalence. The finite-dimensional convex analysis and topology involved are reusable beyond this one algorithm.

Selected references

  • M. Razaviyayn, M. Hong and Z.-Q. Luo, A Unified Convergence Analysis of Block Successive Minimization Methods for Nonsmooth Optimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 23(2), 2013, 1126–1153. arXiv:1209.2385v1; DOI:10.1137/120891009.
  • P. Tseng, Convergence of a Block Coordinate Descent Method for Nondifferentiable Minimization, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 109(3), 2001, 475–494. DOI:10.1023/A:1017501703105.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment III: With a Fixed Cost of Quality, the Encroaching Manufacturer Does Not Differentiate Quality Across ChannelsResearch Paper

Why channel quality matters

A manufacturer that sells through a retailer can also open a direct sales channel. The direct channel lets the manufacturer reach consumers, but it competes with the retailer, whose orders generate wholesale revenue. The manufacturer can further choose whether the two channels carry products of the same quality. These decisions interact because quality changes both consumer demand and the retailer's response. Ha, Long and Nasiry study this interaction in a sequential supply-chain game. Their fixed-quality-cost extension asks what happens when a high-quality design can be converted into a lower-quality variant without paying a separate production cost for each unit (Ha, Long and Nasiry, §6.2).

The main result is specific to this cost regime. With a cost per unit that rises with quality, different products can be attractive across the channels; with the paper's one-time cost of creating quality, Proposition 6(i) asserts equal qualities when the direct channel makes positive sales. This mission targets that fixed-cost proposition in the authors' manuscript, including its game and the reduced-profit claims used in the e-Companion (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 20, 36–37).

The sequential market

The market has mass one of consumers, indexed by a taste for quality θ\thetaθ uniformly distributed on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A consumer buying a product of quality v>0v>0v>0 at price ppp receives surplus θv−p\theta v-pθv−p. The manufacturer offers quality u>0u>0u>0 through her own direct channel and quality tu>0tu>0tu>0 through the retailer. The ratio ttt therefore records which channel has higher quality. The manufacturer pays a fixed cost of quality max⁡{ku2,k(tu)2}\max\{ku^2,k(tu)^2\}max{ku2,k(tu)2}, with k>0k>0k>0, and a direct selling cost c≥0c\ge0c≥0 per unit. The retailer has zero selling cost. Unlike a unit production cost, this fixed cost is paid once and does not scale with either channel's quantity (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 7–8, 20).

The manufacturer first chooses wholesale price www and qualities u,tuu,tuu,tu. After observing them, the retailer chooses its order qR≥0q_R\ge0qR​≥0. The manufacturer observes that order and chooses her direct quantity qM≥0q_M\ge0qM​≥0. When 0<t≤10<t\le10<t≤1, market-clearing prices are

pM=u(1−qM−tqR),pR=tu(1−qM−qR).p_M=u(1-q_M-tq_R),\qquad p_R=tu(1-q_M-q_R).pM​=u(1−qM​−tqR​),pR​=tu(1−qM​−qR​).

When t≥1t\ge1t≥1, the retailer's product has higher quality, and the corresponding prices are

pM=u(1−qM−qR),pR=tu(1−qR)−uqM.p_M=u(1-q_M-q_R),\qquad p_R=tu(1-q_R)-uq_M.pM​=u(1−qM​−qR​),pR​=tu(1−qR​)−uqM​.

The manufacturer receives wholesale revenue plus direct-channel revenue, less the direct selling cost and fixed quality cost. The retailer receives its retail margin times qRq_RqR​. Encroachment means qM>0q_M>0qM​>0 on the equilibrium path, rather than the mere existence of a direct channel (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 8, 11, 15, 36).

Formalization targets

Equal quality under encroachment

For a subgame-perfect equilibrium σ\sigmaσ of the fixed-cost game, the goal is Proposition 6(i):

qM(σ)>0⟹t(σ)=1.q_M(\sigma)>0\quad\Longrightarrow\quad t(\sigma)=1.qM​(σ)>0⟹t(σ)=1.

The formal statement assumes c>0c>0c>0. At c=0c=0c=0, the high-direct-quality reduced profit is independent of ttt, so the printed claim fails to force t=1t=1t=1; this is a substantive qualification of the manuscript's standing c≥0c\ge0c≥0 convention. The goal concerns the complete game, with contingent actions at every decision node, rather than only the closed-form optimization problem (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 20, 36).

Subgame and optimization claims

The milestone list follows the authors' two quality regimes. The e-Companion gives best responses, wholesale prices, and reduced profits in each regime. In the high-direct-quality regime, Claim 3 concludes that an optimum with positive direct sales has t=1t=1t=1. In the low-direct-quality regime, Lemma 2 concludes that an optimum either has t=1t=1t=1 or lies at no encroachment. The latter alternative is outside the strict encroachment-feasible set used by the Lean milestone. Footnote 2 supplies a one-variable sign inequality used in the analysis of that regime (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 36–37).

What the result gives

Proposition 6(i) determines the manufacturer's quality choice conditional on active direct sales: both channels carry quality uuu. It narrows the set of equilibrium outcomes that the fixed-cost model can support and distinguishes the role of a one-time design cost from the paper's earlier variable-cost model. The paper states a separate profit comparison in Proposition 6(ii); this mission does not formalize it because the e-Companion omits its proof and the fixed-cost no-encroachment benchmark for that comparison is not stated (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 20, 37).

A complete Lean development would connect the reduced-profit calculations on page 36 to subgame-perfect play in the three-stage game, and establish the optimization claims over their stated feasible sets. The definitions of two-quality inverse demand, contingent strategies, and nodewise optimality are reusable for related channel games. The goal and milestones here are draft statements, without machine-checked proofs of their economic conclusions.

Central difficulty

The manufacturer chooses quality and wholesale price before the retailer's order, yet the direct quantity is chosen only after that order. Consequently, the retailer's payoff depends on the manufacturer's continuation response, and the first-stage choice must account for both later decisions. The reduced profit also changes at t=1t=1t=1, where the higher-quality channel switches. A calculation for one regime alone does not establish the full-game claim. The strict qM>0q_M>0qM​>0 region matters: its boundary represents no encroachment and supports a different alternative in Lemma 2 (Ha, Long and Nasiry, p. 36).

Formalization scope

Lean uses real wholesale prices and qualities, positive uuu and ttt, and nonnegative quantities. Wholesale price has no sign restriction in the manuscript. The market has unit size and the retailer's selling cost is zero. The two inverse-demand expressions are applied to all nonnegative quantities, following the paper's algebraic game model. A profile contains a stage-one action, a retailer order rule for every observed (w,u,t)(w,u,t)(w,u,t), and a direct-quantity rule for every observed (w,u,t,qR)(w,u,t,q_R)(w,u,t,qR​). Subgame perfection requires feasible best replies at every such history, including histories off the equilibrium path. Fixed cost is max⁡{ku2,k(tu)2}\max\{ku^2,k(tu)^2\}max{ku2,k(tu)2}, paid once, while cqMcq_McqM​ is a per-unit selling cost.

The reduced profits ΠHi\Pi_{\mathrm{Hi}}ΠHi​ and ΠLo\Pi_{\mathrm{Lo}}ΠLo​ are used only on their respective open encroachment-feasible domains, where the displayed denominators are positive. Claim 3 is stated for a joint maximizer in (t,u)(t,u)(t,u); keeping uuu fixed while moving to t=1t=1t=1 can leave that feasible set. Lemma 2 excludes the no-encroachment boundary in its Lean statement. Neither reduced profit replaces the full-game payoff in the goal. Contributions that connect the subgame formulas to arbitrary equilibrium profiles, prove the sign inequality, or establish the two optimization results are within scope (Ha, Long and Nasiry, pp. 36–37).

Selected references

  • A. Ha, X. Long and J. Nasiry, Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment, authors' manuscript, SSRN 3970373, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 18(2), 2016. Manuscript. Journal DOI.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Error Bounds, Quadratic Growth, and Linear Convergence of Proximal Methods IV: For Prox-Regular Compositions h∘c, Subregularity of the Subdifferential and of the Prox-Gradient Map CoincideResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear convergence of first-order methods is usually proved through an error bound: near a solution, the distance to the solution set is controlled by the size of a computable residual, such as the length of a proximal-gradient step. For the prox-linear method, which minimizes a composition h(c(x))h(c(x))h(c(x)) of a nonsmooth outer function hhh with a smooth map ccc by repeatedly solving the subproblem obtained from linearizing ccc, Drusvyatskiy and Lewis showed in §5 of their paper (arXiv:1602.06661, Theorem 5.10) that the error bound is equivalent to subregularity of the subdifferential ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ, a property of the objective alone and closely tied to quadratic growth. That result needs hhh convex and finite-valued.

Many composite models violate both assumptions: constraints enter as indicator functions (h=+∞h=+\inftyh=+∞ off a set), and outer functions such as truncated or concave-composite penalties are nonconvex. §8 of the paper extends the equivalence to closed, extended-real-valued, prox-regular hhh. This mission formalizes that extension (Theorem 8.11) together with the results of §8 its proof rests on.

Setting

Fix a C1C^1C1-smooth map c:Rn→Rmc:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mc:Rn→Rm and a closed (lower semicontinuous) function h:Rm→R‾=R∪{±∞}h:\mathbb R^m\to\overline{\mathbb R}=\mathbb R\cup\{\pm\infty\}h:Rm→R=R∪{±∞}, and consider

min⁡x φ(x)=h(c(x)).(8.2)\min_x\ \varphi(x)=h(c(x)).\qquad(8.2)xmin​ φ(x)=h(c(x)).(8.2)

The linearized function is φ(x;y)=h(c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x))\varphi(x;y)=h\big(c(x)+\nabla c(x)(y-x)\big)φ(x;y)=h(c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x)) and, for t>0t>0t>0, φt(x;y)=φ(x;y)+12t∥x−y∥2\varphi_t(x;y)=\varphi(x;y)+\frac1{2t}\|x-y\|^2φt​(x;y)=φ(x;y)+2t1​∥x−y∥2.

Subgradients are built in three layers (Definition 8.1). A vector vvv is a proximal subgradient of fff at xˉ\bar xxˉ (f(xˉ)f(\bar x)f(xˉ) finite) if f(x)≥f(xˉ)+⟨v,x−xˉ⟩−r2∥x−xˉ∥2f(x)\ge f(\bar x)+\langle v,x-\bar x\rangle-\frac r2\|x-\bar x\|^2f(x)≥f(xˉ)+⟨v,x−xˉ⟩−2r​∥x−xˉ∥2 for some r>0r>0r>0 and all xxx near xˉ\bar xxˉ. The limiting subdifferential ∂f(xˉ)\partial f(\bar x)∂f(xˉ) collects limits of proximal subgradients vi∈∂pf(xi)v_i\in\partial_pf(x_i)vi​∈∂p​f(xi​) with (xi,f(xi),vi)→(xˉ,f(xˉ),v)(x_i,f(x_i),v_i)\to(\bar x,f(\bar x),v)(xi​,f(xi​),vi​)→(xˉ,f(xˉ),v); xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary if 0∈∂f(xˉ)0\in\partial f(\bar x)0∈∂f(xˉ). The horizon subdifferential ∂∞f(xˉ)\partial^\infty f(\bar x)∂∞f(xˉ) collects limits of tivit_iv_iti​vi​ with vi∈∂f(xi)v_i\in\partial f(x_i)vi​∈∂f(xi​), ti↘0t_i\searrow0ti​↘0, (xi,f(xi))→(xˉ,f(xˉ))(x_i,f(x_i))\to(\bar x,f(\bar x))(xi​,f(xi​))→(xˉ,f(xˉ)).

The map ccc is transverse to hhh at xˉ\bar xxˉ, written c⋔xˉhc\pitchfork_{\bar x}hc⋔xˉ​h, if ∂∞h(c(xˉ))∩Null⁡(∇c(xˉ)∗)={0}\partial^\infty h(c(\bar x))\cap\operatorname{Null}(\nabla c(\bar x)^*)=\{0\}∂∞h(c(xˉ))∩Null(∇c(xˉ)∗)={0} (8.3). The stationary point map St(x)\mathcal S_t(x)St​(x) is the set of stationary points of φt(x;⋅)\varphi_t(x;\cdot)φt​(x;⋅), and the prox-gradient mapping is Gt(x)=t−1(x−St(x))\mathcal G_t(x)=t^{-1}(x-\mathcal S_t(x))Gt​(x)=t−1(x−St​(x)); both are set-valued.

A set-valued map FFF is subregular at (xˉ,yˉ)∈gph⁡F(\bar x,\bar y)\in\operatorname{gph}F(xˉ,yˉ​)∈gphF with constant l>0l>0l>0 if dist⁡(x;F−1(yˉ))≤ldist⁡(yˉ;F(x))\operatorname{dist}(x;F^{-1}(\bar y))\le l\operatorname{dist}(\bar y;F(x))dist(x;F−1(yˉ​))≤ldist(yˉ​;F(x)) for xxx near xˉ\bar xxˉ (Definition 5.7), and metrically regular around (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if the same holds with yˉ\bar yyˉ​ replaced by every yyy near yˉ\bar yyˉ​ (Definition 8.3). A closed fff is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂f(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial f(\bar x)vˉ∈∂f(xˉ) if the quadratic minorant f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩−r2∥y−x∥2f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle v,y-x\rangle-\frac r2\|y-x\|^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨v,y−x⟩−2r​∥y−x∥2 holds uniformly for x,yx,yx,y near xˉ\bar xxˉ with f(x)f(x)f(x) near f(xˉ)f(\bar x)f(xˉ) and v∈∂f(x)v\in\partial f(x)v∈∂f(x) near vˉ\bar vvˉ (Definition 8.7). Finally, a φ\varphiφ-attentive localization of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ around (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) is a map WWW agreeing with ∂φ(x)\partial\varphi(x)∂φ(x) near 000 whenever xxx is near xˉ\bar xxˉ and φ(x)\varphi(x)φ(x) is near φ(xˉ)\varphi(\bar x)φ(xˉ); a φ(⋅,⋅)\varphi(\cdot,\cdot)φ(⋅,⋅)-attentive localization of St\mathcal S_tSt​ agrees with St(x)\mathcal S_t(x)St​(x) at points yyy near xˉ\bar xxˉ with φ(x;y)\varphi(x;y)φ(x;y) near φ(xˉ)\varphi(\bar x)φ(xˉ), and one of Gt\mathcal G_tGt​ has the form t−1(I−W^)t^{-1}(I-\widehat W)t−1(I−W) with W^\widehat WW such a localization of St\mathcal S_tSt​ (Definition 8.10).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.11 (p. 31)

Assume c⋔xˉhc\pitchfork_{\bar x}hc⋔xˉ​h, 0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ), ∇c\nabla c∇c Lipschitz around xˉ\bar xxˉ, and hhh prox-regular at c(xˉ)c(\bar x)c(xˉ) for every w∈∂h(c(xˉ))w\in\partial h(c(\bar x))w∈∂h(c(xˉ)) with ∇c(xˉ)∗w=0\nabla c(\bar x)^*w=0∇c(xˉ)∗w=0. Let (i) be "some φ\varphiφ-attentive localization of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is subregular at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0)" and (ii) "some φ(⋅,⋅)\varphi(\cdot,\cdot)φ(⋅,⋅)-attentive localization of Gt\mathcal G_tGt​ is subregular at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0)". Then

(i)⇒(ii) for all t>0,∃ tˉ>0: (ii)⇒(i) for all t∈(0,tˉ),\text{(i)}\Rightarrow\text{(ii) for all }t>0,\qquad \exists\,\bar t>0:\ \text{(ii)}\Rightarrow\text{(i) for all }t\in(0,\bar t),(i)⇒(ii) for all t>0,∃tˉ>0: (ii)⇒(i) for all t∈(0,tˉ),

and, when hhh is convex, ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is subregular at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) if and only if Gt\mathcal G_tGt​ is, for every t>0t>0t>0. The constants of subregularity are left existential: the goal asserts the shape of the equivalence, not a particular constant.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 8.4 (p. 26): metric regularity of a closed set-valued map is preserved, with uniform constants, under affine perturbations HHH with small ∥∇H∥\|\nabla H\|∥∇H∥.
  2. Corollary 8.5 (p. 26): a constraint system F(x)∈QF(x)\in QF(x)∈Q transverse at xˉ\bar xxˉ is uniformly metrically regular under small affine perturbations.
  3. Theorem 8.6 (p. 27): the comparison inequalities between φ(y)\varphi(y)φ(y) and φ(x;⋅)\varphi(x;\cdot)φ(x;⋅) after moving yyy by O(∥y−x∥2)O(\|y-x\|^2)O(∥y−x∥2).
  4. Proposition 8.8 (p. 28): the linearized maps inherit transversality, and φ(x;⋅)\varphi(x;\cdot)φ(x;⋅) is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ uniformly in xxx (8.4).
  5. Theorem 8.9 (p. 29): every stationary point xtx^txt of the subproblem lies near a point x^\hat xx^ that is nearly stationary for φ\varphiφ, with dist⁡(0;∂φ(x^))≤(a+b/t)∥xt−x∥\operatorname{dist}(0;\partial\varphi(\hat x))\le(a+b/t)\|x^t-x\|dist(0;∂φ(x^))≤(a+b/t)∥xt−x∥.

Significance

Subregularity of Gt\mathcal G_tGt​ at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) is exactly the error bound property of the prox-linear step, the hypothesis under which linear convergence arguments run. Theorem 8.11 says that, for the attentive parts of the graphs, this property is equivalent to subregularity of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ, which does not refer to any algorithm or step size. It therefore covers constrained composite problems (indicator functions hhh), nonconvex prox-regular penalties, and, in the convex case, removes the finite-valuedness assumption of Theorem 5.10.

The results are proved in the paper, partly by citation to Dontchev, Lewis and Rockafellar and to Lewis and Wright's analysis of prox-linear subproblems (arXiv:0812.0423). None of them is formalized: Mathlib has no proximal, limiting or horizon subdifferential, no metric regularity, and no prox-regularity. A formalization supplies these notions, checks the constant-chasing in Theorems 8.9 and 8.11, and fixes the precise quantifier order the prose leaves implicit.

Difficulty

The obvious route, copying the §5 argument, fails at its first step: §5 starts from the inequalities ∣φ(y)−φ(x;y)∣≤Lβ2∥x−y∥2|\varphi(y)-\varphi(x;y)|\le\frac{L\beta}2\|x-y\|^2∣φ(y)−φ(x;y)∣≤2Lβ​∥x−y∥2, and when hhh takes the value +∞+\infty+∞ one of φ(y)\varphi(y)φ(y), φ(x;y)\varphi(x;y)φ(x;y) can be finite while the other is infinite, so no such inequality holds. Theorem 8.6 replaces it by a comparison after perturbing yyy, which needs the stability of metric regularity (Theorem 8.4) and the epigraphical description of subgradients. A second obstacle is that St\mathcal S_tSt​ collects stationary points of nonconvex subproblems, so it is set-valued and possibly empty; the proofs need prox-regularity that is uniform over the family φ(x;⋅)\varphi(x;\cdot)φ(x;⋅) (Proposition 8.8) and a local existence result for St\mathcal S_tSt​ to obtain the threshold tˉ\bar ttˉ. The limiting-subdifferential calculus (the chain rule ∂φ(xˉ)⊆∇c(xˉ)∗∂h(c(xˉ))\partial\varphi(\bar x)\subseteq\nabla c(\bar x)^*\partial h(c(\bar x))∂φ(xˉ)⊆∇c(xˉ)∗∂h(c(xˉ)) under transversality) is itself a substantial piece of variational analysis.

Formalization scope

Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); hhh, φ\varphiφ, φ(x;⋅)\varphi(x;\cdot)φ(x;⋅) and φt(x;⋅)\varphi_t(x;\cdot)φt​(x;⋅) are EReal-valued. Standing assumptions on every statement: ccc is C1C^1C1 (ContDiff ℝ 1 c), hhh is lower semicontinuous and never −∞-\infty−∞ (the page's closed functions are only ever evaluated where finite or +∞+\infty+∞; this is a disclosed addition). ∇c(x)\nabla c(x)∇c(x) is fderiv ℝ c x and ∇c(x)∗\nabla c(x)^*∇c(x)∗ its adjoint. "∣a−φ(xˉ)∣<ϵ|a-\varphi(\bar x)|<\epsilon∣a−φ(xˉ)∣<ϵ" requires aaa finite. dist⁡(yˉ;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\bar y;\varnothing)=+\inftydist(yˉ​;∅)=+∞, so (sub)regularity inequalities are stated for every element of F(x)F(x)F(x), and metric regularity carries nonemptiness of F−1(y)F^{-1}(y)F−1(y); dist⁡(0;∂φ(x^))≤r\operatorname{dist}(0;\partial\varphi(\hat x))\le rdist(0;∂φ(x^))≤r is the existence of a subgradient of norm at most rrr. St\mathcal S_tSt​ and Gt\mathcal G_tGt​ are sets defined by stationarity, never a chosen minimizer. Two printed slips are corrected and disclosed: in Definition 8.10 (2) the neighbourhood Y\mathcal YY is a neighbourhood of xˉ\bar xxˉ, and in Theorem 8.11 the threshold satisfies tˉ>0\bar t>0tˉ>0 (with tˉ=0\bar t=0tˉ=0 the converse would be vacuous). "When hhh is convex" is the convexity inequality in R‾\overline{\mathbb R}R, with the theorem's other hypotheses kept.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: subregularity always includes 0∈F(xˉ)0\in F(\bar x)0∈F(xˉ), a constant l>0l>0l>0 and a neighbourhood, so the content of (i) and (ii) cannot collapse into the trivial existence of a localization (any map is a localization of itself); and distances to empty sets are never junk zeros.

A complete development needs the three subdifferentials and their basic calculus (sum rule with a smooth function, chain rule under transversality, closedness of the limiting subdifferential), metric regularity and its perturbation stability, Ekeland's variational principle (on the platform as EkelandVP.General.ekeland_variational_principle), and a local existence result for stationary points of the subproblems. The subdifferential and regularity layer is reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of supporting lemmas on the variational-analysis substrate, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Drusvyatskiy and A. S. Lewis, Error bounds, quadratic growth, and linear convergence of proximal methods, Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018; arXiv:1602.06661v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.06661
  • A. L. Dontchev, A. S. Lewis and R. T. Rockafellar, The radius of metric regularity, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 355(2), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-02-03088-X
  • A. S. Lewis and S. J. Wright, A proximal method for composite minimization, Math. Program. 158, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/0812.0423
  • R. A. Poliquin and R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 348(5), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Grundlehren 317, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Faster Convergence Rates of Relaxed Peaceman-Rachford and ADMM Under Regularity Assumptions V: Relaxed PRS on Squared Distances Converges Linearly Under Bounded Linear RegularityResearch Paper

Motivation

The convex feasibility problem asks for a point in the intersection of closed convex sets. It underlies signal and image reconstruction, phase retrieval relaxations, and the constraint handling inside larger optimization methods. The workhorse algorithms are projection methods: the method of alternating projections (MAP), going back to von Neumann for subspaces, and the Douglas–Rachford and Peaceman–Rachford splitting schemes, which can be applied to the indicator, distance or squared-distance functions of the sets.

Without a regularity condition on how the sets meet, projection methods can converge arbitrarily slowly. Bounded linear regularity, an error bound saying that a point close to every set is close to their intersection, is the standard condition under which linear rates are obtained (Bauschke and Borwein, SIAM Review, 1996, doi:10.1137/S0036144593251710). Section 5 of D. Davis and W. Yin, Faster convergence rates of relaxed Peaceman–Rachford and ADMM under regularity assumptions (arXiv:1407.5210v3, Math. Oper. Res. 42(3), 2017) applies relaxed Peaceman–Rachford splitting (PRS) to the squared distance functions of two sets and proves that, under bounded linear regularity, the distance of the iterates to the intersection contracts by an explicit factor at every step, with step sizes and relaxation parameters allowed to vary between iterations. MAP is the special case of step size 1/21/21/2 and relaxation 111.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space and Cf,Cg⊆HC_f, C_g \subseteq \mathcal HCf​,Cg​⊆H closed convex sets with Cf∩Cg≠∅C_f\cap C_g\neq\emptysetCf​∩Cg​=∅. For C⊆HC\subseteq\mathcal HC⊆H the distance function is dC(x)=inf⁡y∈C∥x−y∥d_C(x)=\inf_{y\in C}\|x-y\|dC​(x)=infy∈C​∥x−y∥, and PCP_CPC​ is the metric projection, the nearest point of CCC. The problem is modelled with

f(x)=dCf2(x),g(x)=dCg2(x).f(x)=d^2_{C_f}(x),\qquad g(x)=d^2_{C_g}(x).f(x)=dCf​2​(x),g(x)=dCg​2​(x).

For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 the proximal map proxγh(x)\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma h}(x)proxγh​(x) is the minimiser of h(y)+12γ∥y−x∥2h(y)+\frac1{2\gamma}\|y-x\|^2h(y)+2γ1​∥y−x∥2, and the reflection is reflγh=2 proxγh−I\mathbf{refl}_{\gamma h}=2\,\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma h}-Ireflγh​=2proxγh​−I. With two step sizes, TPRSγf,γg=reflγff∘reflγggT^{\gamma_f,\gamma_g}_{\mathrm{PRS}}=\mathbf{refl}_{\gamma_f f}\circ\mathbf{refl}_{\gamma_g g}TPRSγf​,γg​​=reflγf​f​∘reflγg​g​, and (T)λ=(1−λ)I+λT(T)_\lambda=(1-\lambda)I+\lambda T(T)λ​=(1−λ)I+λT.

Given z0z^0z0, step sizes γf,k,γg,k>0\gamma_{f,k},\gamma_{g,k}>0γf,k​,γg,k​>0 and relaxation parameters λk∈(0,1]\lambda_k\in(0,1]λk​∈(0,1], iteration (5.1) is

xgk=proxγg,kdCg2(zk),xfk=proxγf,kdCf2(2xgk−zk),zk+1=zk+2λk(xfk−xgk).x_g^k=\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma_{g,k}d^2_{C_g}}(z^k),\quad x_f^k=\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma_{f,k}d^2_{C_f}}(2x_g^k-z^k),\quad z^{k+1}=z^k+2\lambda_k(x_f^k-x_g^k).xgk​=proxγg,k​dCg​2​​(zk),xfk​=proxγf,k​dCf​2​​(2xgk​−zk),zk+1=zk+2λk​(xfk​−xgk​).

The pair {Cf,Cg}\{C_f,C_g\}{Cf​,Cg​} is boundedly linearly regular (Definition 5.1) if for every ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 there is μρ>0\mu_\rho>0μρ​>0 such that

dCf∩Cg(x)≤μρmax⁡{dCf(x),dCg(x)}for all x∈B(0,ρ),d_{C_f\cap C_g}(x)\le\mu_\rho\max\{d_{C_f}(x),d_{C_g}(x)\}\qquad\text{for all }x\in B(0,\rho),dCf​∩Cg​​(x)≤μρ​max{dCf​​(x),dCg​​(x)}for all x∈B(0,ρ),

where B(0,ρ)B(0,\rho)B(0,ρ) is the open ball. The rate function is

C(γf,γg,λ,μ)=(1−4λmin⁡{γg/(2γg+1)2, γf/(2γf+1)2}μ2max⁡{16γg2/(2γg+1)2, 1})1/2.C(\gamma_f,\gamma_g,\lambda,\mu)=\left(1-\frac{4\lambda\min\{\gamma_g/(2\gamma_g+1)^2,\ \gamma_f/(2\gamma_f+1)^2\}}{\mu^2\max\{16\gamma_g^2/(2\gamma_g+1)^2,\ 1\}}\right)^{1/2}.C(γf​,γg​,λ,μ)=(1−μ2max{16γg2​/(2γg​+1)2, 1}4λmin{γg​/(2γg​+1)2, γf​/(2γf​+1)2}​)1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

Suppose {Cf,Cg}\{C_f,C_g\}{Cf​,Cg​} is boundedly linearly regular, (zk)(z^k)(zk) is generated by (5.1), every zjz^jzj lies in B(0,ρ)B(0,\rho)B(0,ρ), and dCf∩Cg≤μρmax⁡{dCf,dCg}d_{C_f\cap C_g}\le\mu_\rho\max\{d_{C_f},d_{C_g}\}dCf​∩Cg​​≤μρ​max{dCf​​,dCg​​} on B(0,ρ)B(0,\rho)B(0,ρ). Then for all k≥0k\ge0k≥0

dCf∩Cg(zk+1)≤C(γf,k,γg,k,λk,μρ) dCf∩Cg(zk),(5.3)d_{C_f\cap C_g}(z^{k+1})\le C(\gamma_{f,k},\gamma_{g,k},\lambda_k,\mu_\rho)\,d_{C_f\cap C_g}(z^k), \tag{5.3}dCf​∩Cg​​(zk+1)≤C(γf,k​,γg,k​,λk​,μρ​)dCf​∩Cg​​(zk),(5.3)

and if C‾=sup⁡jC(γf,j,γg,j,λj,μρ)<1\overline C=\sup_j C(\gamma_{f,j},\gamma_{g,j},\lambda_j,\mu_\rho)<1C=supj​C(γf,j​,γg,j​,λj​,μρ​)<1, the iterates converge to a point x∈Cf∩Cgx\in C_f\cap C_gx∈Cf​∩Cg​ with

∥zk−x∥≤2 dCf∩Cg(z0)∏i=0k−1C(γf,i,γg,i,λi,μρ).(5.4)\|z^k-x\|\le 2\,d_{C_f\cap C_g}(z^0)\prod_{i=0}^{k-1}C(\gamma_{f,i},\gamma_{g,i},\lambda_i,\mu_\rho). \tag{5.4}∥zk−x∥≤2dCf​∩Cg​​(z0)i=0∏k−1​C(γf,i​,γg,i​,λi​,μρ​).(5.4)

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own argument: Proposition 5.1 Parts 2 and 3 (the gradient of dC2d_C^2dC2​ and the closed form proxγdC2=12γ+1I+2γ2γ+1PC\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma d_C^2}=\frac1{2\gamma+1}I+\frac{2\gamma}{2\gamma+1}P_CproxγdC2​​=2γ+11​I+2γ+12γ​PC​); Proposition 5.2, the fundamental inequality specialised to squared distances; Propositions C.1 and C.2 (the fixed-point set of TPRSγf,γgT^{\gamma_f,\gamma_g}_{\mathrm{PRS}}TPRSγf​,γg​​ is Cf∩CgC_f\cap C_gCf​∩Cg​, and the iterates are Fejér monotone for λk∈(0,1]\lambda_k\in(0,1]λk​∈(0,1]); and the displays (5.5)–(5.7), (5.8), (5.10) and (5.11) of the proof of Theorem 5.1, ending with the one-step contraction at a single point.

Companion: Corollary 5.1

With γf,k≡γg,k≡12\gamma_{f,k}\equiv\gamma_{g,k}\equiv\frac12γf,k​≡γg,k​≡21​ and λk≡1\lambda_k\equiv1λk​≡1, iteration (5.1) is MAP, zk+1=PCfPCgzkz^{k+1}=P_{C_f}P_{C_g}z^kzk+1=PCf​​PCg​​zk, and under the assumptions of Theorem 5.1 it contracts the distance to Cf∩CgC_f\cap C_gCf​∩Cg​ by (1−1/μρ2)1/2(1-1/\mu_\rho^2)^{1/2}(1−1/μρ2​)1/2 from the second iterate on, converging linearly to a point of the intersection.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 gives an explicit, iteration-wise linear rate for relaxed PRS on the two-set feasibility problem with step sizes and relaxation parameters that may change from step to step. Its specialisation, Corollary 5.1, recovers linear convergence of MAP under bounded linear regularity with rate (1−1/μρ2)1/2(1-1/\mu_\rho^2)^{1/2}(1−1/μρ2​)1/2, better than the (1−1/(8μ2))1/2(1-1/(8\mu^2))^{1/2}(1−1/(8μ2))1/2 derived in earlier work on cyclic projections. Remark 5.1 of the paper notes that Douglas–Rachford on indicator functions is a limiting case of the scheme as the step sizes grow, though the rate degenerates in that limit.

The results are proved in the paper; the proof of the convergence statement cites Bauschke–Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Theorem 5.12 (Fejér monotone sequences whose distance to a closed convex set decays converge strongly). No machine-checked proof of these statements was found on Prove2Me (search of 2026-10-07). A formalization produces a checked chain from the closed form of the prox of dC2d_C^2dC2​ through the fundamental inequality to the linear rate, and with it reusable facts about squared distance functions, metric projections onto closed convex sets in Hilbert space, and Fejér monotone sequences.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would contract the distance to Cf∩CgC_f\cap C_gCf​∩Cg​ directly, but one PRS step measures only dCgd_{C_g}dCg​​ at zzz and dCfd_{C_f}dCf​​ at the reflected point reflγgg(z)\mathbf{refl}_{\gamma_g g}(z)reflγg​g​(z), never dCf(z)d_{C_f}(z)dCf​​(z). Transferring the second distance back to zzz costs a factor max⁡{c12,1}\max\{c_1^2,1\}max{c12​,1} with c1=4γg/(2γg+1)c_1=4\gamma_g/(2\gamma_g+1)c1​=4γg​/(2γg​+1), and only after that does the regularity inequality turn max⁡{dCf(z),dCg(z)}\max\{d_{C_f}(z),d_{C_g}(z)\}max{dCf​​(z),dCg​​(z)} into dCf∩Cg(z)d_{C_f\cap C_g}(z)dCf​∩Cg​​(z). The fundamental inequality (5.2) itself rests on the prox-gradient calculus of the earlier sections, specialised to functions whose gradients 2(I−PC)2(I-P_C)2(I−PC​) are Lipschitz. Passing from a contracting distance to convergence of the iterates to one point needs Fejér monotonicity and a completeness argument; a contracting distance alone does not give a limit.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in a real Hilbert space (InnerProductSpace ℝ H with CompleteSpace H); dCd_CdC​ is Mathlib's Metric.infDist. The squared distance is viewed as an extended-real function so that the published proximal predicate ThreeOpSplitting.ConvexRates.IsProx applies, and prox maps are arbitrary maps satisfying it (unique here). Metric projections are maps satisfying the published RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection. Step sizes and prox maps are indexed by the iteration. The hypotheses of the goal are: Cf,CgC_f,C_gCf​,Cg​ closed and convex with nonempty intersection; bounded linear regularity of the pair; γf,k,γg,k>0\gamma_{f,k},\gamma_{g,k}>0γf,k​,γg,k​>0; λk∈(0,1]\lambda_k\in(0,1]λk​∈(0,1]; iterates in an open ball B(0,ρ)B(0,\rho)B(0,ρ) on which the regularity inequality holds with μρ>0\mu_\rho>0μρ​>0. The range λk∈(0,1]\lambda_k\in(0,1]λk​∈(0,1] is Algorithm 1's standing assumption, used in the proof but not restated in (5.1). The condition C‾<1\overline C<1C<1 is stated as a uniform bound c<1c<1c<1 on all rate factors. The product in (5.4) runs over i=0,…,k−1i=0,\dots,k-1i=0,…,k−1; the page prints the upper index kkk, which claims an extra factor that the proof does not give. In the proof's (5.9)–(5.10) the page swaps γf\gamma_fγf​ and γg\gamma_gγg​ relative to (5.2); the milestone states the pairing that (5.2) produces. Corollary 5.1's improved rate is stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, since it uses zk∈Cfz^k\in C_fzk∈Cf​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal mentions none of the proof's intermediate quantities, takes the prox maps as genuine minimisers of the squared-distance objective rather than chosen points, and measures distances to a nonempty intersection, so the junk value of infDist on the empty set never arises.

A complete development needs the closed form of proxγdC2\mathbf{prox}_{\gamma d^2_C}proxγdC2​​, differentiability of dC2d_C^2dC2​, the fundamental inequality of the paper's §1 specialised to these functions, and the convergence theorem for Fejér monotone sequences. The last three are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of Mathlib-level lemmas on metric projections, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Davis, W. Yin, Faster convergence rates of relaxed Peaceman–Rachford and ADMM under regularity assumptions, Mathematics of Operations Research 42(3), 2017; arXiv version used here: arXiv:1407.5210v3.
  • H. H. Bauschke, J. M. Borwein, On projection algorithms for solving convex feasibility problems, SIAM Review 38(3), 1996. doi:10.1137/S0036144593251710
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • P.-L. Lions, B. Mercier, Splitting algorithms for the sum of two nonlinear operators, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 16(6), 1979. doi:10.1137/0716071
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Captain: mikedeng1

A Unified Convergence Analysis of Block Successive Minimization Methods for Nonsmooth Optimization II: Limit Points of Cyclic BSUM with Unique Block Minimizers Are Coordinatewise StationaryResearch Paper

Motivation

Many large optimization problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning have a variable that splits naturally into blocks, and are solved by updating one block at a time. The classical method of this kind, block coordinate descent (BCD), minimises the objective exactly in one block while the others are held fixed. In practice the exact block subproblem is often too expensive, and one minimises instead a simpler function that upper-bounds the objective and touches it at the current point. The EM algorithm, DC (difference of convex) programming, proximal and linearised block updates and several alternating schemes for matrix factorisation and transceiver design are all of this form.

Razaviyayn, Hong and Luo (arXiv:1209.2385, SIAM J. Optim. 23 (2013)) gave one convergence analysis for this whole family, the block successive upper-bound minimization (BSUM) method, without convexity or smoothness of the objective. This mission formalizes the block part of that analysis: the cyclic BSUM method (Theorem 2) and its maximum-improvement variant MISUM (Theorem 3).

Timeline. Bertsekas (Nonlinear Programming, 1999, Prop. 2.7.1) proved that limit points of cyclic BCD are stationary for continuously differentiable objectives over a product of closed convex sets when each block minimiser is unique. Tseng (J. Optim. Theory Appl. 109, 2001) treated nondifferentiable objectives using regularity and coordinatewise minima. Chen, He, Li and Zhang (SIAM J. Optim. 22, 2012) introduced maximum block improvement, which drops the uniqueness assumption. The 2013 paper extends these results from exact block minimisation of fff to minimisation of block upper bounds.

Setting

The problem is

min⁡x f(x)s.t.x∈X=X1×⋯×Xn,(12)\min_x\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x\in\mathcal X=\mathcal X_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal X_n,\qquad (12)xmin​ f(x)s.t.x∈X=X1​×⋯×Xn​,(12)

where each Xi⊆Rmi\mathcal X_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{m_i}Xi​⊆Rmi​ is a closed convex set and fff is a continuous real function on X\mathcal XX. A point is x=(x1,…,xn)x=(x_1,\dots,x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​) with xi∈Rmix_i\in\mathbb R^{m_i}xi​∈Rmi​. The directional derivative is f′(x;d)=lim inf⁡λ↓0 (f(x+λd)−f(x))/λf'(x;d)=\liminf_{\lambda\downarrow0}\,(f(x+\lambda d)-f(x))/\lambdaf′(x;d)=liminfλ↓0​(f(x+λd)−f(x))/λ, a value in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞]. A point z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X is stationary for (12) if f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge0f′(z;d)≥0 for every ddd with z+d∈Xz+d\in\mathcal Xz+d∈X. The function fff is regular at zzz if f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge0f′(z;d)≥0 holds for every d=(d1,…,dn)d=(d_1,\dots,d_n)d=(d1​,…,dn​) such that f′(z;(0,…,dk,…,0))≥0f'(z;(0,\dots,d_k,\dots,0))\ge0f′(z;(0,…,dk​,…,0))≥0 for every block kkk. A point z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X is coordinatewise stationary if f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge0f′(z;d)≥0 for every d=(0,…,dk,…,0)d=(0,\dots,d_k,\dots,0)d=(0,…,dk​,…,0) with zk+dk∈Xkz_k+d_k\in\mathcal X_kzk​+dk​∈Xk​, for every kkk.

For each block iii an approximation function ui(xi,y)u_i(x_i,y)ui​(xi​,y) is given, with xi∈Rmix_i\in\mathbb R^{m_i}xi​∈Rmi​ and y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X. Assumption 2 requires:

  • (B1) ui(yi,y)=f(y)u_i(y_i,y)=f(y)ui​(yi​,y)=f(y) for y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X;
  • (B2) ui(xi,y)≥f(y1,…,yi−1,xi,yi+1,…,yn)u_i(x_i,y)\ge f(y_1,\dots,y_{i-1},x_i,y_{i+1},\dots,y_n)ui​(xi​,y)≥f(y1​,…,yi−1​,xi​,yi+1​,…,yn​) for xi∈Xix_i\in\mathcal X_ixi​∈Xi​, y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X;
  • (B3) ui′(xi,y;di)∣xi=yi=f′(y;(0,…,di,…,0))u_i'(x_i,y;d_i)\big|_{x_i=y_i}=f'(y;(0,\dots,d_i,\dots,0))ui′​(xi​,y;di​)​xi​=yi​​=f′(y;(0,…,di​,…,0)) whenever yi+di∈Xiy_i+d_i\in\mathcal X_iyi​+di​∈Xi​, the left side being the derivative in xix_ixi​ only;
  • (B4) uiu_iui​ is continuous in (xi,y)(x_i,y)(xi​,y).

The BSUM algorithm (Fig. 2) starts at x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X and, at each iteration, picks a block iii by the cyclic rule, replaces xix_ixi​ by any minimiser of ui(⋅,xr−1)u_i(\cdot,x^{r-1})ui​(⋅,xr−1) over Xi\mathcal X_iXi​, and keeps the other blocks. The MISUM algorithm (Fig. 3) instead updates a block kkk attaining min⁡imin⁡xi∈Xiui(xi,xr−1)\min_i\min_{x_i\in\mathcal X_i}u_i(x_i,x^{r-1})mini​minxi​∈Xi​​ui​(xi​,xr−1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2(a)

If each ui(xi,y)u_i(x_i,y)ui​(xi​,y) is quasi-convex in xix_ixi​, Assumption 2 holds and every block subproblem min⁡xi∈Xiui(xi,y)\min_{x_i\in\mathcal X_i}u_i(x_i,y)minxi​∈Xi​​ui​(xi​,y), y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X, has a unique solution, then every limit point zzz of the cyclic BSUM iterates satisfies

f′(z;d)≥0∀ d=(0,…,dk,…,0), zk+dk∈Xk, k=1,…,n,f'(z;d)\ge0\qquad\forall\,d=(0,\dots,d_k,\dots,0),\ z_k+d_k\in\mathcal X_k,\ k=1,\dots,n,f′(z;d)≥0∀d=(0,…,dk​,…,0), zk​+dk​∈Xk​, k=1,…,n,

and zzz is a stationary point of (12) if fff is regular at zzz.

Milestones

The proof passes through the monotonicity f(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯f(x^0)\ge f(x^1)\ge\cdotsf(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯ (14); the limit lim⁡rf(xr)=f(z)\lim_r f(x^r)=f(z)limr​f(xr)=f(z) at a limit point zzz (15); the claim that xrj→zx^{r_j}\to zxrj​→z forces xrj+1→zx^{r_j+1}\to zxrj​+1→z; block minimality uk(zk,z)≤uk(xk,z)u_k(z_k,z)\le u_k(x_k,z)uk​(zk​,z)≤uk​(xk​,z) for all xk∈Xkx_k\in\mathcal X_kxk​∈Xk​ and every kkk; and the first-order condition uk′(xk,z;dk)∣xk=zk≥0u_k'(x_k,z;d_k)|_{x_k=z_k}\ge0uk′​(xk​,z;dk​)∣xk​=zk​​≥0 for feasible dkd_kdk​ (22).

Companions

Theorem 2(b): if the level set X0={x∈X:f(x)≤f(x0)}\mathcal X^0=\{x\in\mathcal X: f(x)\le f(x^0)\}X0={x∈X:f(x)≤f(x0)} is compact, block minimisers are unique in at least n−1n-1n−1 blocks and fff is regular on X0\mathcal X^0X0, then d(xr,X∗)→0d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)\to0d(xr,X∗)→0, where X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ is the set of stationary points. Theorem 3: under Assumption 2 alone, every limit point of the MISUM iterates is coordinatewise stationary, and stationary where fff is regular.

Significance

Theorem 2 is the stationarity guarantee for every method that can be written as cyclic block minimisation of tight upper bounds: block EM, alternating DC iterations, proximal block updates, and the matrix-factorisation and beamforming schemes of Section VIII of the paper. Each such method needs only a check of (B1)–(B4) to inherit it. Theorem 3 shows that the uniqueness assumption, which part (a) needs and BCD needs too, can be traded for a greedy block choice.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, none of them has been formalized; the related published work is the formalization of Tseng's 2001 setting (directional derivative, stationarity, regularity, cyclic rule), which this mission reuses. Formalizing the analysis checks the "without loss of generality" and "by further restricting to a subsequence" steps, which carry most of the argument, and gives reusable statements about limit points of block methods.

Difficulty

The obvious argument shows that f(xr)f(x^r)f(xr) decreases and that a limit point zzz satisfies the block optimality condition for the block updated along the convergent subsequence. It does not say anything about the other blocks: consecutive iterates may stay a fixed distance apart, so the next iterate need not converge to zzz, and then nothing is known about zzz in the next block. Showing that xrj+1→zx^{r_j+1}\to zxrj​+1→z is the central step, and it is exactly where quasi-convexity and uniqueness of the block minimisers are used. Without uniqueness, limit points of even exact cyclic BCD need not be stationary (Powell's examples, which the paper cites), which is why Theorem 2(b) needs compactness and Theorem 3 needs a different update rule.

The step from block minimality to stationarity is a second gap: (B3) only matches derivatives in coordinate directions, and passing to all directions requires regularity of fff.

Formalization scope

The space Rm1×⋯×Rmn\mathbb R^{m_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{m_n}Rm1​×⋯×Rmn​ is the dependent product X n of the referenced Tseng setting, with blocks indexed 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-10,…,N−1 (paper block kkk is index k−1k-1k−1). It carries the sup norm over blocks, which matters only for distances; convergence statements do not depend on the norm. The block sets are closed and convex, fff is a real function continuous on X\mathcal XX, and x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X; these standing hypotheses of Section IV appear in every statement.

The paper assumes dom⁡f=X\operatorname{dom}f=\mathcal Xdomf=X. Accordingly fff is extended by +∞+\infty+∞ off X\mathcal XX, and stationarity and regularity are those of the extension. Directional derivatives are extended-real liminfs, never real-valued limits with a junk value. A run is a predicate on a sequence: each new block is a minimiser of the block subproblem, but existence of minimisers is not assumed. The cyclic rule updates block r mod Nr \bmod NrmodN on the step xr→xr+1x^r\to x^{r+1}xr→xr+1, a relabelling of Fig. 2's i=(r mod n)+1i=(r\bmod n)+1i=(rmodn)+1. Limit points are cluster points of the sequence.

Deviations from the printed statements, each disclosed in the items:

  • Theorems 2(a) and 3 say "coordinatewise minimum". Their proofs establish coordinatewise stationarity and call it that, and the literal minimum claim is false (one block, X=[−1,1]\mathcal X=[-1,1]X=[−1,1], f(x)=−x2f(x)=-x^2f(x)=−x2, a quadratic upper bound tight at the iterate; the run stays at 000 while f(1)<f(0)f(1)<f(0)f(1)<f(0)). The statements assert coordinatewise stationarity.
  • Theorem 2(b) assumes regularity "at every point in the set of stationary points"; the proof applies it at a limit point not yet known to be stationary. The statement assumes regularity on the level set X0\mathcal X^0X0, as Tseng's Theorem 4.1 does.
  • d(xr,X∗)→0d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)\to0d(xr,X∗)→0 is stated as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually xrx^rxr is within ε\varepsilonε of a stationary point", so an empty X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ cannot make it true.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: hypotheses on uiu_iui​ are required on all of X\mathcal XX, not just along the run; uniqueness is required at every y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X; and a sorry-free check shows that all hypotheses of Theorem 2(a) hold together for a one-block instance.

Not formalized: Proposition 2 (a sufficient condition for (B3)), Corollaries 2 and 3 (essentially cyclic and overlapping rules) and the applications of Section VIII. Contributions of reusable lemmas about cluster points of block methods and first-order conditions for constrained minimisers in a single block are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Razaviyayn, M. Hong, Z.-Q. Luo, A unified convergence analysis of block successive minimization methods for nonsmooth optimization, arXiv:1209.2385v1, 2012; SIAM J. Optim. 23(2) (2013) 1126–1153. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.2385
  • P. Tseng, Convergence of a block coordinate descent method for nondifferentiable minimization, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 109 (2001) 475–494. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017501703105
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Nonlinear Programming, 2nd ed., Athena Scientific, 1999.
  • B. Chen, S. He, Z. Li, S. Zhang, Maximum block improvement and polynomial optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1) (2012) 87–107. https://doi.org/10.1137/110834858
  • M. J. D. Powell, On search directions for minimization algorithms, Math. Program. 4 (1973) 193–201. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01584660
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment II: Under Quality Differentiation the Direct Channel Carries the High-Quality Product, the Manufacturer Gains and the Retailer LosesResearch Paper

Motivation

Manufacturers increasingly sell directly to consumers while continuing to supply independent retailers, a practice known as supply chain encroachment. The direct channel competes with the retailer for the same consumers, and the conventional advice for easing that conflict is to sell different products in the two channels. Ha, Long and Nasiry (MSOM 18(2), 2016; authors' manuscript SSRN 3970373) study this advice in a model where the manufacturer chooses product quality herself. This mission formalizes their Section 5: when the manufacturer may offer one quality directly and another through the retailer, which channel gets the better product, when is differentiation worth it, and who gains from encroachment.

The model builds on two lines of work. With exogenous quality, Arya, Mittendorf and Sappington (Marketing Science, 2007) showed that encroachment can benefit both firms, through a lower wholesale price. Vertical differentiation with a convex cost of quality goes back to Mussa and Rosen (JET, 1978), Moorthy (1988) and Motta (1993), where differentiation lets firms segment the market. The paper combines the two and finds that, once quality is endogenous, the retailer never gains.

Setting

A market of size 111 consists of consumers with types θ\thetaθ uniformly distributed on [0,1][0,1][0,1]; a consumer of type θ\thetaθ obtains surplus θv−p\theta v-pθv−p from a product of quality vvv at price ppp. A manufacturer sells a product of quality u>0u>0u>0 through her direct channel and a product of quality tututu, with quality ratio t>0t>0t>0, through a retailer. Producing one unit of quality vvv costs kv2kv^2kv2 (k>0k>0k>0); every unit sold directly costs a further direct selling cost c≥0c\ge 0c≥0; the retailer's selling cost is 000.

With quantities qMq_MqM​ (direct) and qRq_RqR​ (retailer), the market-clearing prices are, for t≤1t\le 1t≤1 (direct channel carries the higher quality),

pM=u(1−qM−t qR),pR=tu(1−qM−qR),p_M=u(1-q_M-t\,q_R),\qquad p_R=tu(1-q_M-q_R),pM​=u(1−qM​−tqR​),pR​=tu(1−qM​−qR​),

and for t>1t>1t>1 (retailer carries the higher quality)

pM=u(1−qM−qR),pR=tu(1−qR)−u qM.p_M=u(1-q_M-q_R),\qquad p_R=tu(1-q_R)-u\,q_M .pM​=u(1−qM​−qR​),pR​=tu(1−qR​)−uqM​.

The profits are ΠR=(pR−w)qR\Pi_R=(p_R-w)q_RΠR​=(pR​−w)qR​ and ΠM=(w−k(tu)2)qR+(pM−c−ku2)qM\Pi_M=(w-k(tu)^2)q_R+(p_M-c-ku^2)q_MΠM​=(w−k(tu)2)qR​+(pM​−c−ku2)qM​.

The game has three stages: (i) the manufacturer chooses a wholesale price www, the quality uuu and the ratio ttt; (ii) the retailer orders qR≥0q_R\ge0qR​≥0; (iii) the manufacturer chooses qM≥0q_M\ge0qM​≥0. Solutions are subgame-perfect equilibria. The manufacturer encroaches when qM∗>0q^*_M>0qM∗​>0 on the equilibrium path. Fixing t=1t=1t=1 gives the uniform-quality game of §4.1. The benchmark of §3.2 has no direct channel; its equilibrium profits are ΠMN=154k\Pi^N_M=\frac1{54k}ΠMN​=54k1​ and ΠRN=1108k\Pi^N_R=\frac1{108k}ΠRN​=108k1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4(ii)

In every subgame-perfect equilibrium with qM∗>0q^*_M>0qM∗​>0,

ΠM∗>154k=ΠMNandΠR∗<1108k=ΠRN.\Pi^*_M>\frac{1}{54k}=\Pi^N_M\qquad\text{and}\qquad \Pi^*_R<\frac{1}{108k}=\Pi^N_R .ΠM∗​>54k1​=ΠMN​andΠR∗​<108k1​=ΠRN​.

The statement makes no assumption on which quality the manufacturer chooses, on the size of ccc or on the form of the equilibrium; the constants are the benchmark's.

Milestones

  1. The benchmark equilibrium (uN=13ku^N=\frac1{3k}uN=3k1​, wN=29kw^N=\frac2{9k}wN=9k2​, qRN=16q^N_R=\frac16qRN​=61​ and the two profits), p. 9.
  2. The quantity subgame (7) for t<1t<1t<1, p. 16, and the reduced profit ΠM(t,u)\Pi_M(t,u)ΠM​(t,u) obtained by optimizing www, p. 29.
  3. Lemma 1(i)–(ii): the manufacturer's optimal ratio t(u)t(u)t(u) for given uuu, when the retailer's product is lower (t≤1t\le1t≤1) or higher (t≥1t\ge1t≥1) quality.
  4. Claim 1 and Lemma 1(iii): for c<112kc<\frac1{12k}c<12k1​ the profits of the two kinds of differentiation cross exactly once in uuu.
  5. Proposition 3: under encroachment, t∗≤1t^*\le1t∗≤1.
  6. Proposition 1(iii) in the uniform-quality game.
  7. Claim 2 and Proposition 4(i): thresholds 0<c1<c20<c_1<c_20<c1​<c2​ such that the manufacturer differentiates (t∗<1t^*<1t∗<1) for c<c1c<c_1c<c1​, uses uniform quality for c1<c<c2c_1<c<c_2c1​<c<c2​, and does not encroach for c>c2c>c_2c>c2​.

Companions

The §6.1 benchmark in which both qualities go through the retailer (ΠMN2=150k\Pi^{N2}_M=\frac1{50k}ΠMN2​=50k1​, ΠRN2=1100k\Pi^{N2}_R=\frac1{100k}ΠRN2​=100k1​), Proposition 5 (the win–lose outcome against that benchmark), and the existence of an equilibrium. The threshold milestones assert existence for each cost, so their conclusions have an equilibrium to describe.

Significance

Proposition 4(ii) says that letting the manufacturer differentiate quality across channels does not change who wins: the manufacturer still gains from encroachment and the retailer still loses, although one might expect the retailer to benefit from not facing an identical product. Proposition 3 adds that differentiation, when used, puts the higher quality in the direct channel, and Proposition 4(i) shows that for intermediate selling costs the manufacturer prefers no differentiation at all, contrary to the monopoly intuition that segmentation always pays. Proposition 5 shows the conclusion persists against a benchmark in which the retailer already carries a two-product line.

The results are proved in the paper, in part with numerical verification (e.g. the bounds on u^\hat uu^ in the proof of Proposition 3, and the location of c1c_1c1​ and c2c_2c2​). None of them has been machine-checked. A formal development would turn these numerical steps into proofs and would leave a reusable, explicit model of a three-stage Stackelberg game with a vertically differentiated linear demand.

Difficulty

The equilibrium analysis is not a single concave program. Backward induction produces closed forms only on regions (the retailer's order must leave the manufacturer a positive direct quantity, and the retailer's quantity must stay positive), and the manufacturer's stage-1 problem is a comparison across these regions and across t<1t<1t<1, t=1t=1t=1 and t>1t>1t>1. The profit of low-quality encroachment, ΠML(u)\Pi^L_M(u)ΠML​(u), involves a square root in uuu, and the paper controls its critical points by a case analysis on polynomial derivatives with numerically located crossing points (pp. 39–40). The thresholds c1≈0.0973/kc_1\approx0.0973/kc1​≈0.0973/k and c2≈0.1019/kc_2\approx0.1019/kc2​≈0.1019/k are defined implicitly by the equality of maximized profits. Comparing the equilibrium profit with 154k\frac1{54k}54k1​ therefore requires bounding a maximum taken over a piecewise-defined family, not evaluating one formula.

Formalization scope

The game is defined in QualityEncroach.Differ.Game. Quantities are restricted to be nonnegative; the wholesale price is unrestricted, as in the paper; qualities satisfy u>0u>0u>0, t>0t>0t>0. The price formulas are used for all nonnegative quantities, as in the paper; the t>1t>1t>1 case, which the paper says "can be derived similarly", is that derivation. The equilibrium notion is subgame perfection written in one-shot-deviation form at every history, on and off the path. Benchmark profits appear as the constants 154k\frac1{54k}54k1​, 1108k\frac1{108k}108k1​ (and 150k\frac1{50k}50k1​, 1100k\frac1{100k}100k1​); separate items derive them from the benchmark games. Threshold statements give c2>0c_2>0c2​>0 and 0<c1<c20<c_1<c_20<c1​<c2​ depending only on kkk, assert equilibrium existence at every c≥0c\ge0c≥0, and say nothing at c=c2c=c_2c=c2​, where the paper's statements disagree. Lemma 1 and Claim 1 are stated about the paper's reduced-form profits, defined by the displayed formulas in QualityEncroach.Differ.Reduced; the item reduced_profit_high links ΠM(t,u)\Pi_M(t,u)ΠM​(t,u) for t≤1t\le1t≤1 to the game. Claim 1 retains c=0c=0c=0 and quantifies only over positive qualities, so no reduced form is evaluated at u=0u=0u=0.

The goal is about subgame-perfect equilibria of the game, not about the reduced forms: a proof that only compares closed-form profits does not prove it without the milestones linking those forms to equilibrium play. The goal is not vacuous only if an equilibrium with qM∗>0q^*_M>0qM∗​>0 exists; the companion spe_exists asserts existence.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the benchmark and the quantity subgame are routine calculus on quadratics; Lemma 1(i)–(ii) are one-variable sign analyses; Claim 1, Lemma 1(iii), Proposition 3 and the thresholds require the case analyses of the appendix.

Selected references

  • A. Ha, X. Long, J. Nasiry, Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 18(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2015.0562 (authors' manuscript: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3970373)
  • A. Arya, B. Mittendorf, D. Sappington, The Bright Side of Supplier Encroachment, Marketing Science 26(5), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.1060.0228
  • M. Mussa, S. Rosen, Monopoly and Product Quality, Journal of Economic Theory 18(2), 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(78)90085-6
  • K. S. Moorthy, Product and Price Competition in a Duopoly, Marketing Science 7(2), 1988. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.7.2.141
  • M. Motta, Endogenous Quality Choice: Price vs. Quantity Competition, Journal of Industrial Economics 41(2), 1993. https://doi.org/10.2307/2950430
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Riemannian Proximal Gradient Methods II: The Riemannian Proximal Gradient Method Converges at Rate O(1/k) under Retraction ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer over a set with manifold structure: sparse principal component analysis over the Stiefel manifold, sparse blind deconvolution over the sphere, and clustering and dictionary-learning models with orthogonality constraints. In Euclidean space the standard method for such composite problems is the proximal gradient method, whose O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate for convex problems is classical (Beck–Teboulle 2009). Huang and Wei (arXiv:1909.06065v4, Mathematical Programming 2021) propose a Riemannian proximal gradient method (RPG) that solves its proximal subproblem on the tangent space and returns to the manifold through a retraction. They prove three things about it: global convergence, an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under a convexity notion adapted to retractions, and local rates under a Riemannian Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property. This mission covers the second result, Theorem 3.2.

Earlier Riemannian proximal methods either required the exponential map and parallel transport, or solved a Euclidean proximal problem in the ambient space (Chen, Ma, So, Zhang 2020, ManPG). Theorem 3.2 is stated for a general retraction, with an explicit constant.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a finite-dimensional Riemannian manifold, with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩x\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_x⟨⋅,⋅⟩x​ and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M. A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0x)=xR_x(0_x)=xRx​(0x​)=x and DRx(0x)=id\mathrm DR_x(0_x)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. The problem is

min⁡x∈MF(x)=f(x)+g(x),\min_{x\in\mathcal M} F(x)=f(x)+g(x),x∈Mmin​F(x)=f(x)+g(x),

where fff is differentiable with Riemannian gradient grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf, and ggg is continuous and possibly nonsmooth.

For a function hhh on a real inner-product space VVV, the Clarke generalized directional derivative is h∘(η;v)=lim sup⁡ξ→η, t↓0(h(ξ+tv)−h(ξ))/th^\circ(\eta;v)=\limsup_{\xi\to\eta,\,t\downarrow0}(h(\xi+tv)-h(\xi))/th∘(η;v)=limsupξ→η,t↓0​(h(ξ+tv)−h(ξ))/t. The generalized subdifferential is ∂h(η)={ζ∣⟨ζ,v⟩≤h∘(η;v) ∀v}\partial h(\eta)=\{\zeta\mid\langle\zeta,v\rangle\le h^\circ(\eta;v)\ \forall v\}∂h(η)={ζ∣⟨ζ,v⟩≤h∘(η;v) ∀v}. A point η\etaη is stationary for hhh if 0∈∂h(η)0\in\partial h(\eta)0∈∂h(η).

Given a constant L~\tilde LL~, the RPG method (Algorithm 1) produces iterates xkx_kxk​ and steps ηxk∗∈TxkM\eta^*_{x_k}\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mηxk​∗​∈Txk​​M as follows. Set

ℓxk(η)=⟨grad⁡f(xk),η⟩xk+L~2∥η∥xk2+g(Rxk(η)).\ell_{x_k}(\eta)=\langle\operatorname{grad} f(x_k),\eta\rangle_{x_k}+\frac{\tilde L}{2}\|\eta\|_{x_k}^2+g(R_{x_k}(\eta)).ℓxk​​(η)=⟨gradf(xk​),η⟩xk​​+2L~​∥η∥xk​2​+g(Rxk​​(η)).

Choose a stationary point ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​ of ℓxk\ell_{x_k}ℓxk​​ on TxkMT_{x_k}\mathcal MTxk​​M with ℓxk(0)≥ℓxk(ηxk∗)\ell_{x_k}(0)\ge\ell_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})ℓxk​​(0)≥ℓxk​​(ηxk​∗​), and set xk+1=Rxk(ηxk∗)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})xk+1​=Rxk​​(ηxk​∗​).

The assumptions involve the sublevel set Ωx0={x∣F(x)≤F(x0)}\Omega_{x_0}=\{x\mid F(x)\le F(x_0)\}Ωx0​​={x∣F(x)≤F(x0​)} and two notions defined with respect to RRR on a set N\mathcal NN:

  • LLL-retraction-smoothness: h(Rx(η))≤h(x)+⟨grad⁡h(x),η⟩x+L2∥η∥x2h(R_x(\eta))\le h(x)+\langle\operatorname{grad} h(x),\eta\rangle_x+\frac L2\|\eta\|_x^2h(Rx​(η))≤h(x)+⟨gradh(x),η⟩x​+2L​∥η∥x2​;
  • retraction-convexity: qx=h∘Rxq_x=h\circ R_xqx​=h∘Rx​ satisfies qx(η)≥qx(ξ)+⟨ζ,η−ξ⟩xq_x(\eta)\ge q_x(\xi)+\langle\zeta,\eta-\xi\rangle_xqx​(η)≥qx​(ξ)+⟨ζ,η−ξ⟩x​, where ζ\zetaζ is the gradient of qxq_xqx​ at ξ\xiξ, or any Riemannian subgradient of qxq_xqx​ at ξ\xiξ when hhh is nonsmooth.

Assumption 3.1 asks that FFF be bounded below and Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​ compact. Assumption 3.3 provides an open Ω⊇Ωx0\Omega\supseteq\Omega_{x_0}Ω⊇Ωx0​​ on which fff is LLL-retraction-smooth and retraction-convex and ggg is retraction-convex. Assumption 3.4 bounds how far the retraction is from Euclidean: for all x,y,z∈Ωx,y,z\in\Omegax,y,z∈Ω,

∣∥Rx−1(z)−Rx−1(y)∥x2−∥Ry−1(z)∥y2∣≤κΩ∥Rx−1(y)∥x2.\bigl|\|R_x^{-1}(z)-R_x^{-1}(y)\|_x^2-\|R_y^{-1}(z)\|_y^2\bigr|\le\kappa_\Omega\|R_x^{-1}(y)\|_x^2 .​∥Rx−1​(z)−Rx−1​(y)∥x2​−∥Ry−1​(z)∥y2​​≤κΩ​∥Rx−1​(y)∥x2​.

Finally, β=(L~−L)/2\beta=(\tilde L-L)/2β=(L~−L)/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

Let L~>max⁡(L,0)\tilde L>\max(L,0)L~>max(L,0), suppose Assumptions 3.1, 3.3 and 3.4 hold, and let x∗x_*x∗​ be any accumulation point of {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​}. Then for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1

F(xk)−F(x∗)≤1k(L~2∥Rx0−1(x∗)∥x02+L~κΩ2β(F(x0)−F(x∗))).(3.16)F(x_k)-F(x_*)\le\frac1k\left(\frac{\tilde L}{2}\|R_{x_0}^{-1}(x_*)\|_{x_0}^2+\frac{\tilde L\kappa_\Omega}{2\beta}\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x_*)\bigr)\right).\tag{3.16}F(xk​)−F(x∗​)≤k1​(2L~​∥Rx0​−1​(x∗​)∥x0​2​+2βL~κΩ​​(F(x0​)−F(x∗​))).(3.16)

The constants are those of the paper.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (descent): F(xk)−F(xk+1)≥β∥ηxk∗∥xk2F(x_k)-F(x_{k+1})\ge\beta\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}^2F(xk​)−F(xk+1​)≥β∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​2​.
  2. Lemma 3.4 (Riemannian three-point inequality): for one step z=Rx(ηx∗)z=R_x(\eta^*_x)z=Rx​(ηx∗​) and any y=Rx(ξx)∈Ωy=R_x(\xi_x)\in\Omegay=Rx​(ξx​)∈Ω, F(z)≤F(y)+L~2(∥ξx∥x2−∥ξx−ηx∗∥x2)F(z)\le F(y)+\frac{\tilde L}{2}(\|\xi_x\|_x^2-\|\xi_x-\eta^*_x\|_x^2)F(z)≤F(y)+2L~​(∥ξx​∥x2​−∥ξx​−ηx∗​∥x2​).
  3. (3.17): the one-step estimate obtained from Lemma 3.4 with y=x∗y=x_*y=x∗​ and from Assumption 3.4.
  4. (3.18): the one-step estimate with ∥ηxk∗∥2\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|^2∥ηxk​∗​∥2 replaced by the decrease of FFF.
  5. (3.19): the averaged estimate over the first kkk steps.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 extends the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) function-value rate of the proximal gradient method to manifolds and general retractions. The constant is explicit: it combines the initial distance ∥Rx0−1(x∗)∥\|R_{x_0}^{-1}(x_*)\|∥Rx0​−1​(x∗​)∥ with a correction proportional to κΩ\kappa_\OmegaκΩ​, which measures how far the retraction is from Euclidean. In the Euclidean case Rx(η)=x+ηR_x(\eta)=x+\etaRx​(η)=x+η one can take κΩ=0\kappa_\Omega=0κΩ​=0, and the bound reduces to the classical one. The rate concerns F(xk)−F(x∗)F(x_k)-F(x_*)F(xk​)−F(x∗​), which the iteration bound of Theorem 3.1 (the norm of ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​) does not control.

The result is proved in the paper. None of it is formalized, and no machine-checked version of the Euclidean proximal-gradient rate is on the platform either. A formalization would supply the first checked version of Clarke stationarity on tangent spaces, of the retraction-based convexity and smoothness notions, and of a rate proof for a nonsmooth Riemannian algorithm. These pieces carry over to other retraction-based methods, such as the accelerated variants of §4 of the paper.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the rate proof is a telescoping sum, so the work lies elsewhere. First, Lemma 3.4 needs a usable form of the stationarity condition 0∈∂ℓx(ηx∗)0\in\partial\ell_x(\eta^*_x)0∈∂ℓx​(ηx∗​): a subgradient of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ at ηx∗\eta^*_xηx∗​ equal to −(grad⁡f(x)+L~ηx∗)-(\operatorname{grad} f(x)+\tilde L\eta^*_x)−(gradf(x)+L~ηx∗​). This requires a sum rule for the Clarke subdifferential of a C1C^1C1 function plus a locally Lipschitz one, on a tangent space whose norm comes from the Riemannian metric rather than from the model space. Second, the gradient of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ at 0x0_x0x​ has to be identified with grad⁡f(x)\operatorname{grad} f(x)gradf(x) through DRx(0x)=id\mathrm DR_x(0_x)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. In Mathlib this mixes manifold derivatives (mfderiv) with Fréchet derivatives on a space carrying two equivalent norms. Third, it has to be shown that the iterates and the accumulation point remain in Ω\OmegaΩ, so that Assumptions 3.3 and 3.4 apply at every step.

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and pages are those of arXiv:1909.06065v4. M\mathcal MM is a smooth manifold modelled on a finite-dimensional real inner-product space EEE, with Mathlib's RiemannianBundle on the tangent bundle. All norms and inner products on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M are the Riemannian ones. Retractions and gradients are the published RiemOpt.BFGS.IsRetraction and RiemOpt.FR.IsGradient. The Clarke derivative is an EReal-valued limit superior along N(η)×N>0(0)\mathcal N(\eta)\times\mathcal N_{>0}(0)N(η)×N>0​(0). Algorithm 1 is modelled as a run (sequences xkx_kxk​, ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​ with the three defining properties), and every statement holds for every run. Indices start at 000, accumulation points are cluster points of the sequence, and the bounds divided by kkk are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

The formalization commits to the following readings:

  1. LLL-retraction-smoothness is required for every tangent vector at the points of the set. This is a strengthening of Definition 3.1, which only covers η\etaη with Rx(η)R_x(\eta)Rx​(η) in the set, and it is needed because Lemma 3.1 fails under the literal reading.
  2. In retraction-convexity the vector ζ\zetaζ depends on ξ\xiξ. It is the gradient of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​, respectively any Clarke subgradient of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​, as the sentence after (3.10) states.
  3. κΩ\kappa_\OmegaκΩ​ is a single constant.
  4. R−1R^{-1}R−1 is data with Rx(Rx−1(y))=yR_x(R_x^{-1}(y))=yRx​(Rx−1​(y))=y on Ω\OmegaΩ, together with the identification Rxk−1(xk+1)=ηxk∗R_{x_k}^{-1}(x_{k+1})=\eta^*_{x_k}Rxk​−1​(xk+1​)=ηxk​∗​ that the proof uses.
  5. Local Lipschitz continuity of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ is assumed, as p. 5 presupposes when it defines the subdifferential.

A single ζ\zetaζ for all η,ξ\eta,\xiη,ξ in (3.10) would make retraction-convexity force qxq_xqx​ to be affine, and the theorem would only cover affine problems. That reading is excluded. Statements with the case k=0k=0k=0, where Lean's 1/0=01/0=01/0=0 makes (3.16) false, are excluded as well.

Contributions welcome: a Clarke sum rule for C1C^1C1 plus locally Lipschitz functions, the identification of the Fréchet derivative of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ at 000 with the Riemannian gradient, and the five milestones in order. The Clarke layer and the derivative identification are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. Huang, K. Wei, Riemannian proximal gradient methods, Mathematical Programming, 2021; extended version arXiv:1909.06065v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.06065v4, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01632-3
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sciences, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM J. Optimization, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18M122457X
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Faster Convergence Rates of Relaxed Peaceman-Rachford and ADMM Under Regularity Assumptions III: With Lipschitz ∇g and Small Stepsize, the DRS Objective Error Is O(1/(k+1)) and o(1/(k+1))Research Paper

Why this rate matters

Douglas–Rachford splitting is a method for minimizing a sum of two convex functions when each function has an accessible proximal operator. Its iterates are easy to state, but the speed of convergence of the objective at an individual proximal point is less immediate than convergence of an averaged point or of a residual. For optimization models in which one summand has a Lipschitz continuous gradient, Davis and Yin give explicit objective-error bounds that depend on the proximal stepsize. Their paper compares these bounds with forward–backward splitting and shows that DRS has an objective rate at least as fast when the stepsize is sufficiently small.

The present mission formalizes the rate in Theorem 3.2 and the Appendix B estimates that state the relevant contraction, monotonicity and summability properties. The companion Theorem 3.3 concerns the squared fixed-point residual. Both results are proved in the 2015 arXiv version of the paper, which fixes the numbering and constants used here; the journal article appeared in Mathematics of Operations Research in 2017.

The DRS setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space. Let f:H→(−∞,+∞]f:H\to(-\infty,+\infty]f:H→(−∞,+∞] be proper, lower semicontinuous and convex, and let g:H→Rg:H\to\mathbb Rg:H→R be convex and differentiable with a (1/β)(1/\beta)(1/β)-Lipschitz gradient for some β>0\beta>0β>0. The proximal map of a function hhh at stepsize γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 sends zzz to the minimizer of h(x)+∥x−z∥2/(2γ)h(x)+\|x-z\|^2/(2\gamma)h(x)+∥x−z∥2/(2γ). Write Pf=prox⁡γfP_f=\operatorname{prox}_{\gamma f}Pf​=proxγf​ and Pg=prox⁡γgP_g=\operatorname{prox}_{\gamma g}Pg​=proxγg​, and let RP=2P−IR_P=2P-IRP​=2P−I be the reflection associated with a proximal map PPP.

The Peaceman–Rachford map is TPRS=RPf∘RPgT_{\mathrm{PRS}}=R_{P_f}\circ R_{P_g}TPRS​=RPf​​∘RPg​​. The DRS run is the relaxed PRS run with relaxation parameter 1/21/21/2 at every step:

zk+1=12zk+12TPRS(zk),xgk=Pg(zk),xfk=Pf(RPg(zk)).z^{k+1}=\tfrac12z^k+\tfrac12T_{\mathrm{PRS}}(z^k),\qquad x_g^k=P_g(z^k),\qquad x_f^k=P_f(R_{P_g}(z^k)).zk+1=21​zk+21​TPRS​(zk),xgk​=Pg​(zk),xfk​=Pf​(RPg​​(zk)).

Equivalently, zk+1=zk+xfk−xgkz^{k+1}=z^k+x_f^k-x_g^kzk+1=zk+xfk​−xgk​. The initial z0∈Hz^0\in Hz0∈H is arbitrary. Let z∗z^*z∗ be a fixed point of TPRST_{\mathrm{PRS}}TPRS​, and put x∗=Pg(z∗)x^*=P_g(z^*)x∗=Pg​(z∗). The objective value compared in this mission is at xfkx_f^kxfk​ for both summands: ek=f(xfk)+g(xfk)−f(x∗)−g(x∗)e_k=f(x_f^k)+g(x_f^k)-f(x^*)-g(x^*)ek​=f(xfk​)+g(xfk​)−f(x∗)−g(x∗). These values are finite under the standing assumptions. The section's Assumption 5 requires the smoothness of ggg and constant relaxation 1/21/21/2; it applies to Theorems 3.2 and 3.3 even though their own sentences do not repeat it.

Formalization targets

Objective error: Theorem 3.2

Let ρ=(1+5)/2\rho=(1+\sqrt5)/2ρ=(1+5​)/2 be the positive root of r3−2r−1=0r^3-2r-1=0r3−2r−1=0, and κ≈1.24698\kappa\approx1.24698κ≈1.24698 the positive root of r3+r2−2r−1=0r^3+r^2-2r-1=0r3+r2−2r−1=0. The first target bounds the best objective error at every k≥0k\ge0k≥0:

min⁡0≤i≤kei≤12γ(k+1){∥xg0−x∗∥2,γ<ρβ,∥xg0−x∗∥2+γ3/β−2γβ−β2β2+γ2∥z0−z∗∥2,γ≥ρβ.\min_{0\le i\le k}e_i\le\frac{1}{2\gamma(k+1)}\begin{cases}\|x_g^0-x^*\|^2,&\gamma<\rho\beta,\\\|x_g^0-x^*\|^2+\dfrac{\gamma^3/\beta-2\gamma\beta-\beta^2}{\beta^2+\gamma^2}\|z^0-z^*\|^2,&\gamma\ge\rho\beta.\end{cases}0≤i≤kmin​ei​≤2γ(k+1)1​⎩⎨⎧​∥xg0​−x∗∥2,∥xg0​−x∗∥2+β2+γ2γ3/β−2γβ−β2​∥z0−z∗∥2,​γ<ρβ,γ≥ρβ.​

For every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, this best error is o(1/(k+1))o(1/(k+1))o(1/(k+1)). When γ<κβ\gamma<\kappa\betaγ<κβ, the same first-case upper bound holds for each eke_kek​, and ek=o(1/(k+1))e_k=o(1/(k+1))ek​=o(1/(k+1)). The goal states all four clauses together. The paper prints ρ≈2.2056\rho\approx2.2056ρ≈2.2056, the positive root of r3−2r2−1r^3-2r^2-1r3−2r2−1. That threshold does not match the coefficient γ3/β−2γβ−β2\gamma^3/\beta-2\gamma\beta-\beta^2γ3/β−2γβ−β2 the proof needs to be nonpositive, and with it the first case fails: for f=0f=0f=0, g(x)=x2/(2β)g(x)=x^2/(2\beta)g(x)=x2/(2β) on R\mathbb RR, γ=2β\gamma=2\betaγ=2β and k=0k=0k=0 the error is twice the bound. The mission states the theorem with the threshold the proof supports, the positive root of r3−2r−1r^3-2r-1r3−2r−1.

Fixed-point residual: Theorem 3.3

For γ<κβ\gamma<\kappa\betaγ<κβ and k≥1k\ge1k≥1, the companion target is

∥zk−zk+1∥2≤β2∥xg0−x∗∥2k2(1+γ/β)2(β2−γ2/κ2),∥zk−zk+1∥2=o(1/k2).\|z^k-z^{k+1}\|^2\le\frac{\beta^2\|x_g^0-x^*\|^2}{k^2(1+\gamma/\beta)^2(\beta^2-\gamma^2/\kappa^2)},\qquad \|z^k-z^{k+1}\|^2=o(1/k^2).∥zk−zk+1∥2≤k2(1+γ/β)2(β2−γ2/κ2)β2∥xg0​−x∗∥2​,∥zk−zk+1∥2=o(1/k2).

The Appendix B milestones give the contraction of the smooth gradient at proximal points, a fundamental one-step inequality, monotonicity, the extremal admissible stepsize ratio, and two summability bounds. Their constants and indices match the printed displays (B.1), (B.4), (B.7), (B.8), (B.10) and (B.12).

What the result supplies

The objective theorem gives a rate directly at the proximal point xfkx_f^kxfk​ when the stepsize is below the smaller threshold. Outside that regime, it still gives a best-iterate rate for every positive stepsize, including the explicit correction term for larger γ\gammaγ. The residual theorem controls the change in the DRS state at the faster squared rate. These statements let later work compare DRS against other splitting methods using the same objective and residual quantities, rather than changing the point at which the objective is measured.

The paper proves these results (Theorem 3.2 with the corrected threshold ρ\rhoρ); their statements are not new conjectures. The formalization work is to connect extended-real convex functions, actual proximal minimizers, smooth gradients, infinite sums, finite minima, and little-o assertions in a single Lean development. The seven Appendix B milestones are also useful as separately importable facts about proximal splitting. A machine-checked proof is still needed for the draft theorems of this mission.

Where the analysis is delicate

The familiar convergence of the DRS fixed-point residual does not by itself give the objective error at xfkx_f^kxfk​. An objective comparison involves the two different proximal points and the smooth gradient evaluated at successive xgkx_g^kxgk​. The large-stepsize regime changes the coefficient of the gradient increment and therefore changes the explicit bound. For the per-iterate conclusion, one must establish a monotone, summable quantity that dominates the objective error; a best-iterate estimate alone does not yield the stated nonergodic little-o claim. This explains why the mission retains the Appendix B estimates rather than replacing the goal with a generic O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) statement.

Formalization scope

The Lean carrier is a complete real inner-product space. The proper, closed, convex predicate for fff and the proximal-map predicate are imported from the published ThreeOpSplitting.ConvexRates.Problem definition; the published MoreauProx.Characterization.GammaZero supplies the subgradient notion used by the paper's surrounding analysis. The smooth ggg is a real-valued function, with its actual gradient supplied by Mathlib's gradient and constrained by the imported smoothness predicate. Each proximal map is a function with the defining minimization property; the theorems do not assume an arbitrary map can stand in for a prox.

The fixed point z∗z^*z∗ is an explicit hypothesis, as in the paper. The two root constants are positive real numbers satisfying their defining cubics, never decimal approximations. A finite minimum ranges over i=0,…,ki=0,\ldots,ki=0,…,k; infinite sums come with summability; asymptotic claims use genuine little-o. The k≥1k\ge1k≥1 condition protects the k2k^2k2 denominator in Theorem 3.3. The objective error is taken at xfkx_f^kxfk​, never at xgkx_g^kxgk​, and the goal contains no auxiliary monotonicity or summability assumption that would assert part of its proof. Further contributions that establish proximal finiteness, the Appendix B inequalities, and the rates themselves fit within this scope.

Selected references

  • Damek Davis and Wotao Yin, Faster convergence rates of relaxed Peaceman-Rachford and ADMM under regularity assumptions, Mathematics of Operations Research 42(3), 2017. arXiv:1407.5210v3; DOI:10.1287/moor.2016.0827.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment I: With Endogenous Uniform Quality, an Encroaching Manufacturer Gains and the Retailer Always LosesResearch Paper

Motivation

Manufacturers increasingly sell directly to consumers through their own stores and websites, alongside the independent retailers that carry their products. This practice is called supply chain encroachment. Retailers routinely resent it, and examples range from beer brewers to personal computers. Arya, Mittendorf and Sappington (Marketing Science, 2007) showed that, when product quality is fixed, encroachment can benefit the retailer too: the manufacturer lowers the wholesale price to keep the retailer channel competitive, and this wholesale price effect can outweigh the lost sales.

Ha, Long and Nasiry (Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2016; authors' manuscript SSRN 3970373) ask what changes when the manufacturer also chooses product quality. Their first result, formalized in this mission, is that the win–win outcome disappears: with endogenous quality and a single product sold in both channels, encroachment always helps the manufacturer and always hurts the retailer.

Setting

Consumers have a quality sensitivity θ\thetaθ uniformly distributed on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and a consumer who buys a product of quality u>0u>0u>0 at price ppp obtains surplus θu−p\theta u-pθu−p. When one product of quality uuu is sold in total quantity qqq, the market-clearing price is p=u(1−q)p=u(1-q)p=u(1−q). The manufacturer's unit production cost for quality uuu is ku2ku^2ku2, with k>0k>0k>0 the cost of quality. Selling one unit through her own direct channel costs her an additional c≥0c\ge 0c≥0; the retailer's selling cost is 000.

Benchmark (no direct channel). The manufacturer chooses a wholesale price www and a quality uuu; after observing them the retailer orders qR≥0q_R\ge 0qR​≥0. The profits are

ΠRN=(u(1−qR)−w) qR,ΠMN=(w−ku2) qR.\Pi^N_R=(u(1-q_R)-w)\,q_R,\qquad \Pi^N_M=(w-ku^2)\,q_R .ΠRN​=(u(1−qR​)−w)qR​,ΠMN​=(w−ku2)qR​.

Encroachment with uniform quality. The game has three stages and perfect information:

  1. the manufacturer chooses www and uuu;
  2. the retailer, having observed them, orders qR≥0q_R\ge 0qR​≥0;
  3. the manufacturer, having observed qRq_RqR​, sells qM≥0q_M\ge 0qM​≥0 directly.

Both channels sell the same product at the price u(1−qR−qM)u(1-q_R-q_M)u(1−qR​−qM​), so

ΠRU=(u(1−qR−qM)−w) qR,ΠMU=(w−ku2) qR+(u−uqM−uqR−c−ku2) qM.\Pi^U_R=(u(1-q_R-q_M)-w)\,q_R,\qquad \Pi^U_M=(w-ku^2)\,q_R+(u-uq_M-uq_R-c-ku^2)\,q_M .ΠRU​=(u(1−qR​−qM​)−w)qR​,ΠMU​=(w−ku2)qR​+(u−uqM​−uqR​−c−ku2)qM​.

The solution concept is subgame perfect equilibrium: at every decision node, on or off the equilibrium path, the mover's rule picks a feasible action that no feasible alternative beats. The manufacturer encroaches when qMU>0q^U_M>0qMU​>0 on the equilibrium path.

In the Lean development these are the structures Outcome and Profile, the payoffs retailerPayoff and mfrPayoff k c, and the predicate IsSPE k c σ of the definition QualityEncroach.Uniform.Game, with the benchmark counterparts BenchProfile and IsBenchSPE k τ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1(iii)

In the benchmark, every equilibrium has uN=13ku^N=\tfrac1{3k}uN=3k1​ and profits ΠMN=154k\Pi^N_M=\tfrac1{54k}ΠMN​=54k1​, ΠRN=1108k\Pi^N_R=\tfrac1{108k}ΠRN​=108k1​. The goal states that, for every k>0k>0k>0, c≥0c\ge0c≥0 and every subgame perfect equilibrium of the encroachment game in which the manufacturer encroaches,

ΠMU>154k=ΠMNandΠRU<1108k=ΠRN.\Pi^U_M>\frac{1}{54k}=\Pi^N_M\qquad\text{and}\qquad \Pi^U_R<\frac1{108k}=\Pi^N_R .ΠMU​>54k1​=ΠMN​andΠRU​<108k1​=ΠRN​.

The statement fixes no threshold value, and it holds for every equilibrium.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's backward induction:

  1. the benchmark subgame, equations (1)–(2), and the benchmark equilibrium (§3.2);
  2. the manufacturer's stage-3 best response qMU(qR,w,u)=(12−qR2−c2u−ku2)+q^U_M(q_R,w,u)=\big(\tfrac12-\tfrac{q_R}{2}-\tfrac{c}{2u}-\tfrac{ku}{2}\big)^+qMU​(qR​,w,u)=(21​−2qR​​−2uc​−2ku​)+;
  3. the quantity subgame (3) and the optimal wholesale price and profits (4)–(5) for a given quality;
  4. the three-case optimal profit ΠM(u)\Pi_M(u)ΠM​(u) of the Appendix, covering three regimes: the manufacturer sells directly, the retailer deters direct sales exactly, or the direct channel is idle;
  5. Proposition 1(i): there is a threshold c~>0\tilde c>0c~>0 such that
c<c~ ⇒ qMU>0,c>c~ ⇒ qMU=0.c<\tilde c\ \Rightarrow\ q^U_M>0,\qquad c>\tilde c\ \Rightarrow\ q^U_M=0 .c<c~ ⇒ qMU​>0,c>c~ ⇒ qMU​=0.

Further statements

The mission also contains:

  • condition (6) for a fixed quality, together with the identity wN(u)−wU(u)=c/6w^N(u)-w^U(u)=c/6wN(u)−wU(u)=c/6;
  • Proposition 1(ii): the equilibrium quality first rises and then falls in ccc, and it is distorted upward exactly below a threshold cuc^ucu;
  • Corollary 1: c~\tilde cc~ is decreasing in kkk, and for c>0c>0c>0 the retailer's profit under encroachment is increasing in kkk;
  • existence of a subgame perfect equilibrium.

Significance

The result separates two regimes that look alike. With quality fixed, a retailer facing an encroaching manufacturer is better off exactly when condition (6) holds. With quality chosen by the manufacturer, that region disappears. The manufacturer distorts quality, upward when ccc is small and downward when it is large, and so relies less on the wholesale price to steer the retailer's order. The retailer then loses in every equilibrium in which encroachment occurs. The paper's later sections (quality differentiation, a fixed cost of quality, no quality commitment, a general cost function) all measure against this base case.

The result is proved on paper, by backward induction with closed-form profits, an envelope-theorem convexity argument in ccc, and a numerically located threshold c~≈0.1019/k\tilde c\approx0.1019/kc~≈0.1019/k. None of it is formalized. A machine-checked proof would certify:

  • the closed-form reduced profits;
  • the case analysis of the Appendix, whose boundaries are given by roots of polynomial equations in uuu;
  • the claim, stated in the paper only for the reduced problem, that it holds for every subgame perfect equilibrium of the game.

Difficulty

Each step of the backward induction is a one-variable concave problem, but the steps do not compose into a single smooth problem. The retailer's best order depends on whether his order leaves room for direct sales. As a result the manufacturer's profit given uuu is the piecewise function ΠM(u)\Pi_M(u)ΠM​(u). Its middle piece describes a retailer who orders exactly enough to keep the manufacturer out, and that piece is not a stationary point of anything. The global optimum over uuu switches between the first piece and the other two at a threshold c~\tilde cc~ that the paper locates only numerically.

The goal compares the optimum of this piecewise problem with a constant, for every equilibrium. The natural first idea, comparing the reduced profits with the benchmark ones pointwise in uuu, does not work for the retailer: for a fixed quality his encroachment profit 2c2/(9u)2c^2/(9u)2c2/(9u) exceeds the benchmark profit u(1−ku)2/16u(1-ku)^2/16u(1−ku)2/16 on part of the range, which is exactly condition (6). The comparison has to use the quality the manufacturer actually chooses, and that quality is known only through the case analysis above.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers. The following conventions are fixed:

  • the wholesale price ranges over all of R\mathbb RR, since the paper states no sign restriction;
  • qualities are u>0u>0u>0 and quantities qR,qM≥0q_R,q_M\ge0qR​,qM​≥0;
  • the inverse demand u(1−qR−qM)u(1-q_R-q_M)u(1−qR​−qM​) is used for all nonnegative quantities, as in the paper.

Subgame perfection is written in one-shot-deviation form at every history, which in this three-stage game with perfect information is subgame perfection. It constrains the retailer's rule at every (w,u)(w,u)(w,u) and the manufacturer's stage-3 rule at every (w,u,qR)(w,u,q_R)(w,u,qR​), not only on the path.

The benchmark profits in the goal are the paper's constants 1/(54k)1/(54k)1/(54k) and 1/(108k)1/(108k)1/(108k). The milestone benchmark_equilibrium proves that a benchmark equilibrium exists and that these are its profits.

Two formalizations would trivialize the goal, and both are ruled out:

  • stating the goal about the reduced form ΠMU\Pi^U_MΠMU​ at a maximizer of ΠM(u)\Pi_M(u)ΠM​(u) instead of about the game would assume the backward induction;
  • dropping the off-path optimality conditions would let the goal range over non-equilibria.

The encroachment threshold of Proposition 1(i) is stated in both directions, with c~>0\tilde c>0c~>0 chosen before ccc. The boundary point c=c~c=\tilde cc=c~ is left open, because the paper's statements disagree there.

The closed forms qRNq^N_RqRN​, wNw^NwN, ΠMN\Pi^N_MΠMN​, ΠRN\Pi^N_RΠRN​, qMUq^U_MqMU​, qRUq^U_RqRU​, wUw^UwU, ΠMU\Pi^U_MΠMU​, ΠRU\Pi^U_RΠRU​, ΠMUZ\Pi^{UZ}_MΠMUZ​ and ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ are definitions that cite their page. Every statement that uses one with uuu in a denominator assumes u>0u>0u>0.

A complete development needs:

  • concave quadratic maximization;
  • a piecewise-concave best-response lemma;
  • the envelope argument of the Appendix, or a direct polynomial comparison;
  • some way to certify the numerically located thresholds, for which interval arithmetic or explicit polynomial sign certificates are both acceptable.

The game definitions are reusable for the other missions of this series, which keep this cost structure. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative arguments for the goal that bypass the threshold computation.

Selected references

  • A. Ha, X. Long, J. Nasiry, Quality in Supply Chain Encroachment, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 18(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2015.0562 (authors' manuscript: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3970373)
  • A. Arya, B. Mittendorf, D. E. M. Sappington, The Bright Side of Supplier Encroachment, Marketing Science 26(5): 651–659, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mksc.1070.0280
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization 4: Lagrangian Duals of the Reduced Relaxation and Their Closed-Form Optimal Dual VariablesResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection with ridge shrinkage, the ℓ0ℓ2\ell_0\ell_2ℓ0​ℓ2​-regularized least squares problem

min⁡β∈Rp 12∥y−Xβ∥22+λ0∥β∥0+λ2∥β∥22,\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ \tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\lambda_0\|\beta\|_0+\lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2,β∈Rpmin​ 21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+λ0​∥β∥0​+λ2​∥β∥22​,

is a mixed integer program. Exact solvers for it rely on branch-and-bound: at every node of the search tree a convex relaxation is solved, and the node is discarded if a lower bound on that relaxation already exceeds the best objective value found so far. Hazimeh, Mazumder and Saab (arXiv:2004.06152v2, Mathematical Programming 2022) build such a solver, L0BnB, for instances with ppp in the millions. Its relaxations are solved only approximately, by first-order methods, and an approximate primal solution does not by itself certify a lower bound. The bound has to come from a dual feasible point. Theorem 2 of the paper supplies the duals of the node relaxation in closed form, together with explicit formulas for the optimal dual variables as functions of the primal optimum. Everything the paper later proves about the quality of its dual bounds (Section 3.2, Theorem 3) starts from these formulas.

Setting

Data are a matrix X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p with columns X1,…,XpX_1,\dots,X_pX1​,…,Xp​, a response y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn, and parameters λ0,λ2,M>0\lambda_0,\lambda_2,M>0λ0​,λ2​,M>0, where MMM bounds the coefficients. Write [p]={1,…,p}[p]=\{1,\dots,p\}[p]={1,…,p} and [a]+=max⁡{a,0}[a]_+=\max\{a,0\}[a]+​=max{a,0}. The reverse Huber penalty is B(t)=∣t∣\mathcal B(t)=|t|B(t)=∣t∣ for ∣t∣≤1|t|\le1∣t∣≤1 and B(t)=(t2+1)/2\mathcal B(t)=(t^2+1)/2B(t)=(t2+1)/2 for ∣t∣≥1|t|\ge1∣t∣≥1. Define

ψ1(b)=2λ0 B(bλ2/λ0),ψ2(b)=(λ0M+λ2M)∣b∣,\psi_1(b)=2\lambda_0\,\mathcal B\big(b\sqrt{\lambda_2/\lambda_0}\big),\qquad \psi_2(b)=\Big(\frac{\lambda_0}{M}+\lambda_2M\Big)|b|,ψ1​(b)=2λ0​B(bλ2​/λ0​​),ψ2​(b)=(Mλ0​​+λ2​M)∣b∣,

and let ψ=ψ1\psi=\psi_1ψ=ψ1​ if λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M and ψ=ψ2\psi=\psi_2ψ=ψ2​ if λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M. The reduced relaxation (5) is

min⁡β∈Rp F(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥22+∑i∈[p]ψ(βi)s.t.∥β∥∞≤M.\min_{\beta\in\mathbb R^p}\ F(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|_2^2+\sum_{i\in[p]}\psi(\beta_i)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\|\beta\|_\infty\le M.β∈Rpmin​ F(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥22​+i∈[p]∑​ψ(βi​)s.t.∥β∥∞​≤M.

By Theorem 1 of the paper it is the interval relaxation of the perspective formulation, projected onto β\betaβ.

The two dual objectives of Theorem 2 are, for α,ρ∈Rn\alpha,\rho\in\mathbb R^nα,ρ∈Rn and γ,μ∈Rp\gamma,\mu\in\mathbb R^pγ,μ∈Rp,

h1(α,γ)=−12∥α∥22−αTy−∑i∈[p]v(α,γi),v(α,γi)=[(αTXi−γi)24λ2−λ0]++M∣γi∣,h_1(\alpha,\gamma)=-\tfrac12\|\alpha\|_2^2-\alpha^Ty-\sum_{i\in[p]}v(\alpha,\gamma_i),\qquad v(\alpha,\gamma_i)=\Big[\frac{(\alpha^TX_i-\gamma_i)^2}{4\lambda_2}-\lambda_0\Big]_++M|\gamma_i|,h1​(α,γ)=−21​∥α∥22​−αTy−i∈[p]∑​v(α,γi​),v(α,γi​)=[4λ2​(αTXi​−γi​)2​−λ0​]+​+M∣γi​∣, h2(ρ,μ)=−12∥ρ∥22−ρTy−M∥μ∥1,h_2(\rho,\mu)=-\tfrac12\|\rho\|_2^2-\rho^Ty-M\|\mu\|_1,h2​(ρ,μ)=−21​∥ρ∥22​−ρTy−M∥μ∥1​,

where h1h_1h1​ is maximized over all of Rn×Rp\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^pRn×Rp (problem (20)) and h2h_2h2​ subject to ∣ρTXi∣−μi≤λ0/M+λ2M|\rho^TX_i|-\mu_i\le\lambda_0/M+\lambda_2M∣ρTXi​∣−μi​≤λ0​/M+λ2​M for i∈[p]i\in[p]i∈[p] (problem (22)). For an optimal β∗\beta^*β∗ of (5), with residual r∗=y−Xβ∗r^*=y-X\beta^*r∗=y−Xβ∗, the candidate dual variables are

α∗=ρ∗=−r∗,γi∗=1[∣βi∗∣=M](α∗TXi−2Mλ2 sign(α∗TXi)),μi∗=1[∣βi∗∣=M](∣ρ∗TXi∣−λ0/M−λ2M).\alpha^*=\rho^*=-r^*,\qquad \gamma^*_i=\mathbb 1_{[|\beta^*_i|=M]}\big(\alpha^{*T}X_i-2M\lambda_2\,\mathrm{sign}(\alpha^{*T}X_i)\big),\qquad \mu^*_i=\mathbb 1_{[|\beta^*_i|=M]}\big(|\rho^{*T}X_i|-\lambda_0/M-\lambda_2M\big).α∗=ρ∗=−r∗,γi∗​=1[∣βi∗​∣=M]​(α∗TXi​−2Mλ2​sign(α∗TXi​)),μi∗​=1[∣βi∗​∣=M]​(∣ρ∗TXi​∣−λ0​/M−λ2​M).

In the Lean development these objects are F, box, h1, v, h2, Feas22, alphaStar, gammaStar, rhoStar, muStar in the namespace L0BnB.Duality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 13–14)

Let β∗\beta^*β∗ minimize FFF over ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M.

  • If λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M:  h1(α,γ)≤F(β)\ h_1(\alpha,\gamma)\le F(\beta) h1​(α,γ)≤F(β) for all α,γ\alpha,\gammaα,γ and all feasible β\betaβ, and h1(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗)h_1(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)=F(\beta^*)h1​(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗).
  • If λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M:  h2(ρ,μ)≤F(β)\ h_2(\rho,\mu)\le F(\beta) h2​(ρ,μ)≤F(β) for all (ρ,μ)(\rho,\mu)(ρ,μ) feasible for (22) and all feasible β\betaβ; (ρ∗,μ∗)(\rho^*,\mu^*)(ρ∗,μ∗) is feasible for (22) and h2(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗)h_2(\rho^*,\mu^*)=F(\beta^*)h2​(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗).

This is "(20), respectively (22), is a dual of (5), and (23), respectively (24), are optimal dual variables", with the paper's remark that strong duality holds.

Milestones

  1. (45) For a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R, η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0 and D(b)=ψ1(b)+ab+η∣b∣D(b)=\psi_1(b)+ab+\eta|b|D(b)=ψ1​(b)+ab+η∣b∣, the point 000 (if 2λ0λ2+η−∣a∣≥02\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}+\eta-|a|\ge02λ0​λ2​​+η−∣a∣≥0) or −λ0/λ2 sign(a)-\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\,\mathrm{sign}(a)−λ0​/λ2​​sign(a) (otherwise) minimizes DDD on ∣b∣≤λ0/λ2|b|\le\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣≤λ0​/λ2​​.
  2. (47) If ∣a∣−η≥2λ0λ2|a|-\eta\ge2\sqrt{\lambda_0\lambda_2}∣a∣−η≥2λ0​λ2​​, then min⁡b∈RD(b)=−14λ2(∣a∣−η)2+λ0\min_{b\in\mathbb R}D(b)=-\frac{1}{4\lambda_2}(|a|-\eta)^2+\lambda_0minb∈R​D(b)=−4λ2​1​(∣a∣−η)2+λ0​.
  3. Weak duality, the first halves of both bullets of the goal.
  4. (23) h1(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗)h_1(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)=F(\beta^*)h1​(α∗,γ∗)=F(β∗) when λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M.
  5. (24) (ρ∗,μ∗)(\rho^*,\mu^*)(ρ∗,μ∗) feasible for (22) and h2(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗)h_2(\rho^*,\mu^*)=F(\beta^*)h2​(ρ∗,μ∗)=F(β∗) when λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 turns the node relaxation of L0BnB into a pair of explicit concave maximization problems, one per regime of λ0/λ2\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}λ0​/λ2​​ versus MMM. The dual (20) is unconstrained, so any (α,γ)(\alpha,\gamma)(α,γ) gives a valid lower bound; the paper's dual bounds (25)–(28) evaluate h1h_1h1​ or h2h_2h2​ at α^=−r^\hat\alpha=-\hat rα^=−r^ built from an inexact primal solution β^\hat\betaβ^​, with the remaining variable chosen in closed form. The formulas (23)–(24) explain why this choice is right: at the exact optimum it recovers the primal value. Theorem 3 of the paper, which bounds the loss of this dual bound by a quantity depending on the support size rather than on ppp, compares v(α^,γ^i)v(\hat\alpha,\hat\gamma_i)v(α^,γ^​i​) to v(α∗,γi∗)v(\alpha^*,\gamma^*_i)v(α∗,γi∗​) term by term and therefore depends on (23).

Formalizing it. The paper proves the case λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M in Appendix A and omits the proof of the case λ0/λ2>M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}>Mλ0​/λ2​​>M ("follows along the lines similar to what was shown above"). The appendix also contains an intermediate formula for the coordinate minimum, −[(∣αTXi∣−ηi)2/(4λ2)−λ0]+-[(|\alpha^TX_i|-\eta_i)^2/(4\lambda_2)-\lambda_0]_+−[(∣αTXi​∣−ηi​)2/(4λ2​)−λ0​]+​, that is incorrect when ηi\eta_iηi​ is large; the final dual (49) = (20) is nevertheless correct. A machine-checked proof supplies the omitted case and settles the correct statement. To our knowledge neither half has been formalized.

Difficulty

The dual objective (20) hides the box constraint inside the term M∣γi∣M|\gamma_i|M∣γi​∣ and the penalty inside [ ⋅ ]+[\,\cdot\,]_+[⋅]+​, and the reverse Huber penalty is piecewise, so even the weak-duality half has to handle both pieces of ψ1\psi_1ψ1​ and the junction ∣b∣=λ0/λ2|b|=\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}∣b∣=λ0​/λ2​​. The attainment half is where the work lies: it needs the optimality conditions of a nonsmooth convex problem over a box, at coordinates where βi∗=0\beta^*_i=0βi∗​=0 (where ψ\psiψ is not differentiable), where ∣βi∗∣=M|\beta^*_i|=M∣βi∗​∣=M (where the box is active), and where both may interact with the regime boundary λ0/λ2=M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}=Mλ0​/λ2​​=M. The natural first idea, to read (23) off the Lagrangian derivation in the paper, does not yield a proof: that derivation assumes a dual optimum (α∗,η∗)(\alpha^*,\eta^*)(α∗,η∗) exists and relates it to β∗\beta^*β∗ by complementary slackness, whereas the theorem asserts an identity for the explicit (α∗,γ∗)(\alpha^*,\gamma^*)(α∗,γ∗) built from β∗\beta^*β∗ alone.

Formalization scope

Data are X : Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ, y : Fin n → ℝ and reals lam0 lam2 M with 0 < lam0, 0 < lam2, 0 < M as hypotheses; [p][p][p] is Fin p. Norms and inner products are explicit sums: αTXi=∑rαrXri\alpha^TX_i=\sum_r\alpha_rX_{ri}αTXi​=∑r​αr​Xri​, ∥α∥22=∑rαr2\|\alpha\|_2^2=\sum_r\alpha_r^2∥α∥22​=∑r​αr2​, ∥μ∥1=∑i∣μi∣\|\mu\|_1=\sum_i|\mu_i|∥μ∥1​=∑i​∣μi​∣, [a]+=max⁡{a,0}[a]_+=\max\{a,0\}[a]+​=max{a,0}, and ∥β∥∞≤M\|\beta\|_\infty\le M∥β∥∞​≤M is ∣βi∣≤M|\beta_i|\le M∣βi​∣≤M for every iii. The regime split is written λ0/λ2≤M\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}\le Mλ0​/λ2​​≤M versus M<λ0/λ2M<\sqrt{\lambda_0/\lambda_2}M<λ0​/λ2​​. sign is Real.sign, with sign(0)=0\mathrm{sign}(0)=0sign(0)=0; where it is evaluated in (23) the argument is nonzero at an optimum. The optimal solution β∗\beta^*β∗ is a hypothesis (feasible and minimizing FFF over the box); its existence is not part of the statements. The coordinate milestones (45) and (47) are stated for a scalar aaa standing for αTXi\alpha^TX_iαTXi​ and a multiplier η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0. No normalization of XXX or yyy is assumed: the unit-norm convention that opens Section 3 is not used by Theorem 2. The paper writes no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in these results, so no constants are instantiated.

"A dual is given by" is formalized as weak duality over all dual-feasible points together with equality at the explicit dual variables. Weak duality alone would not be Theorem 2, and neither would the equality alone; the goal requires both in both regimes. Uniqueness of the dual optimum is not claimed.

A complete development needs elementary convex analysis of the scalar penalty ψ1\psi_1ψ1​ (its conjugate and subdifferential), first-order optimality conditions for a convex function over a box in Rp\mathbb R^pRp, and finite-sum bookkeeping. The scalar facts about the reverse Huber penalty are reusable in the companion missions on the reduced relaxation and on dual-bound quality. Contributions to any milestone, or a direct proof of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, A. Saab, Sparse Regression at Scale: Branch-and-Bound rooted in First-Order Optimization, arXiv:2004.06152v2 (2021); Mathematical Programming (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.06152v2
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • A. B. Owen, A robust hybrid of lasso and ridge regression, Contemporary Mathematics 443, 59–72, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1090/conm/443/08555
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 813–852, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, Fast best subset selection: coordinate descent and local combinatorial optimization algorithms, Operations Research 68(5), 1517–1537, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.01454
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 2: The Shadow of γ1 + γ2 in ν Is the Shadow of γ1 Plus the Shadow of γ2 in What RemainsResearch Paper

Motivation

The martingale optimal transport problem asks for a coupling of two probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR that is the law of a one-step martingale and minimizes an expected cost. It arises in robust finance, where the marginals are the risk-neutral laws of an asset at two dates implied by option prices, and model-independent price bounds for exotic options are the extreme values of the problem (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014).

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 2016) construct a canonical martingale coupling, the left-curtain coupling, which plays the role that the monotone (quantile) coupling plays in classical transport. Its construction rests on one object, the shadow of a measure in another, and on one structural property of it: shadows are associative. This mission formalizes that property, Theorem 4.8 of the paper, together with the chain of results in §2.3 and §4.1–4.3 on which it rests.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be the set of finite Borel measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment, of any total mass. For μ,ν∈M\mu,\nu\in\mathcal Mμ,ν∈M:

  • the convex order μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν holds if ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (this forces equal masses and equal barycentres);
  • the extended convex order μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν holds if the same inequality holds for every nonnegative convex φ\varphiφ; it holds both when μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν and when μ≤ν\mu\le\nuμ≤ν setwise;
  • the potential function of μ\muμ is uμ(x)=∫∣y−x∣ dμ(y)u_\mu(x)=\int|y-x|\,d\mu(y)uμ​(x)=∫∣y−x∣dμ(y);
  • a sequence (νn)(\nu_n)(νn​) converges weakly in M\mathcal MM to ν\nuν if ∫f dνn→∫f dν\int f\,d\nu_n\to\int f\,d\nu∫fdνn​→∫fdν for every continuous bounded fff and ∫∣x∣ dνn→∫∣x∣ dν\int|x|\,d\nu_n\to\int|x|\,d\nu∫∣x∣dνn​→∫∣x∣dν.

If μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν, a shadow of μ\muμ in ν\nuν is a measure η\etaη with (i) η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν, (ii) μ⪯Cη\mu\preceq_C\etaμ⪯C​η, and (iii) η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ for every η′\eta'η′ satisfying (i) and (ii). Lemma 4.6 of the paper shows that it exists and is unique; it is written Sν(μ)S^\nu(\mu)Sν(μ). It is the least spread-out part of ν\nuν into which μ\muμ can be transported by a martingale. An atom is a measure α δx\alpha\,\delta_xαδx​ with α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0.

In the Lean development these objects are InM, ConvexLE, ExtConvexLE, potential, ConvergesInM and the predicate IsShadow ν μ η, in the namespace MartOT.Shadow.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.8 (shadow of a sum), p. 25

For γ1,γ2,ν∈M\gamma_1,\gamma_2,\nu\in\mathcal Mγ1​,γ2​,ν∈M with γ1+γ2⪯Eν\gamma_1+\gamma_2\preceq_E\nuγ1​+γ2​⪯E​ν,

γ2⪯Eν−Sν(γ1)andSν(γ1+γ2)=Sν(γ1)+Sν−Sν(γ1)(γ2).\gamma_2\preceq_E\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)\qquad\text{and}\qquad S^\nu(\gamma_1+\gamma_2)=S^\nu(\gamma_1)+S^{\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)}(\gamma_2).γ2​⪯E​ν−Sν(γ1​)andSν(γ1​+γ2​)=Sν(γ1​)+Sν−Sν(γ1​)(γ2​).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Proposition 4.2 (p. 21): for equal masses, μ⪯Cν  ⟺  uμ≤uν\mu\preceq_C\nu\iff u_\mu\le u_\nuμ⪯C​ν⟺uμ​≤uν​; μ≤ν  ⟺  uν−uμ\mu\le\nu\iff u_\nu-u_\muμ≤ν⟺uν​−uμ​ is convex; for fixed mass and mean, convergence in M\mathcal MM is pointwise convergence of potential functions.
  2. Proposition 4.4 (p. 21): μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν implies μ⪯Cθ\mu\preceq_C\thetaμ⪯C​θ for some θ≤ν\theta\le\nuθ≤ν.
  3. Lemma 4.6 (p. 23): existence, uniqueness and property (iii′) of the shadow.
  4. Example 4.7 (p. 24): the shadow of an atom is the restriction of ν\nuν between two quantiles.
  5. Lemma 4.11 (p. 27): η−Sη(δ)≤ν−Sν(δ)\eta-S^\eta(\delta)\le\nu-S^\nu(\delta)η−Sη(δ)≤ν−Sν(δ) for an atom δ⪯Eη≤ν\delta\preceq_E\eta\le\nuδ⪯E​η≤ν.
  6. Lemma 4.12 (p. 27): the goal when γ1\gamma_1γ1​ is an atom.
  7. Lemma 4.13 (p. 28): the shadow of finitely many atoms, built one atom at a time.
  8. Lemma 2.9 (p. 15): approximation of γ∈M\gamma\in\mathcal Mγ∈M by a ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-increasing sequence of finitely supported measures below it.
  9. Proposition 4.15 (p. 29): shadows pass to limits of ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-increasing sequences.
  10. Lemma 4.16 (p. 29): the goal when γ2\gamma_2γ2​ is an atom, with δ⪯ESν(γ+δ)−Sν(γ)\delta\preceq_E S^\nu(\gamma+\delta)-S^\nu(\gamma)δ⪯E​Sν(γ+δ)−Sν(γ).

Significance

Theorem 4.8 is what makes the left-curtain coupling well defined and consistent. That coupling is the martingale plan which, for every xxx, sends μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ onto Sν(μ∣]−∞,x])S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,x]})Sν(μ∣]−∞,x]​) (Theorem 4.18). Associativity says that the parts of ν\nuν assigned to μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ and to μ∣]x,x′]\mu|_{]x,x']}μ∣]x,x′]​ fit together into the part assigned to μ∣]−∞,x′]\mu|_{]-\infty,x']}μ∣]−∞,x′]​, so the family of shadows defines a single coupling. The uniqueness of left-monotone martingale plans and the optimality of the left-curtain coupling for the costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex, both later results of the paper, rest on it.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a statement of it, and of the supporting results, in terms of measures of arbitrary finite mass with no reference to a chosen shadow function. A complete development would give Lean a theory of the convex order on finite measures through potential functions, which is reusable well beyond martingale transport.

Difficulty

For finitely atomic measures the identity follows by adding one atom at a time (Lemmas 4.12, 4.13, 4.16), but even the single-atom step needs a monotonicity property of shadows of atoms in varying targets (Lemma 4.11), and that property comes from their explicit description through quantile functions. The general case cannot be obtained by a direct manipulation of the minimality property (iii): minimality of Sν(γ1)S^\nu(\gamma_1)Sν(γ1​) and of Sν−Sν(γ1)(γ2)S^{\nu-S^\nu(\gamma_1)}(\gamma_2)Sν−Sν(γ1​)(γ2​) separately says nothing obvious about minimality of their sum among measures dominating γ1+γ2\gamma_1+\gamma_2γ1​+γ2​, because a competitor for the sum need not split into competitors for the summands. The paper passes to the limit along convex-order approximations, which requires a continuity property of the shadow (Proposition 4.15) in the topology of M\mathcal MM.

Formalization scope

  • Measures are MeasureTheory.Measure ℝ with membership in M\mathcal MM stated explicitly (InM: finite measure, identity integrable). Masses are arbitrary; nothing is normalized to probability measures.
  • Integrals of convex test functions are taken in EReal through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (positive minus negative part), never as Bochner integrals, so a non-integrable test function cannot produce a junk value. The extended convex order uses lower Lebesgue integrals of nonnegative functions.
  • Shadows are the predicate IsShadow ν μ η, never a function built by choice. Every statement about Sν(⋅)S^\nu(\cdot)Sν(⋅) quantifies over all shadows, which with existence and uniqueness (Lemma 4.6, a milestone) is the paper's statement. Uniqueness is part of the conclusion of Lemma 4.6 and is not assumed elsewhere.
  • ν−η\nu-\etaν−η is Mathlib's truncated subtraction of measures. It is used only where η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν is guaranteed by property (i) of a shadow. Lemma 4.16 additionally asserts Sν(γ)≤Sν(γ+δ)S^\nu(\gamma)\le S^\nu(\gamma+\delta)Sν(γ)≤Sν(γ+δ), so that the difference there is a genuine one.
  • Not a trivialization: in the goal, neither η1+η2≤ν\eta_1+\eta_2\le\nuη1​+η2​≤ν nor γ1+γ2⪯Cη1+η2\gamma_1+\gamma_2\preceq_C\eta_1+\eta_2γ1​+γ2​⪯C​η1​+η2​ nor the minimality of η1+η2\eta_1+\eta_2η1​+η2​ is assumed; all three are the content of the conclusion IsShadow ν (γ1 + γ2) (η1 + η2).
  • Added relative to the page: Lemma 4.11 states ν∈M\nu\in\mathcal Mν∈M, which the paper takes from context. Proposition 4.2's third bullet is split into an equivalence for each candidate limit and a uniqueness clause, which together are equivalent to the printed sentence. Lemma 4.10 (continuity of ν↦Sν(δ)\nu\mapsto S^\nu(\delta)ν↦Sν(δ) in the Kantorovich metric) and Proposition 4.17 are not included.
  • Needed infrastructure: potential functions and their second distributional derivatives, quantile functions of finite measures, weak convergence of finite measures with first moments. Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17(3), 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing 3: Under MNL Pricing, Optimal Framing Fills Pages in Descending Quality Order with One Price per PageResearch Paper

Motivation

Online retailers show their catalogue on a sequence of pages, and most visitors never reach the last one. Which products appear on the first page, and at what prices, therefore decides what a typical consumer can buy at all. Gallego, Li, Truong and Wang (Operations Research, 2020) model this as the product framing problem: the consideration set of a consumer is the set of products on the pages that consumer is willing to view, and the number of pages viewed is random. Their Section 7 adds prices to the problem and asks how a retailer should frame and price jointly when consumers choose by the multinomial logit (MNL) model.

The question connects two literatures. In assortment pricing under MNL with a common price sensitivity, the optimal prices of all offered products are known to be equal (Anderson, de Palma and Thisse 1992; Gallego and Stefanescu, as cited on p. 16 of the paper), and the nested-logit extension of Gallego and Wang (Operations Research, 2014) keeps an adjusted markup constant across nests. In search and ranking models, the order in which products are shown changes which ones are bought. The paper's structural results say what survives of the equal-price rule once consideration sets are nested by page, and which products belong on the early pages.

Setting

There are nnn products, i∈[n]={1,…,n}i \in [n] = \{1,\dots,n\}i∈[n]={1,…,n}, and mmm pages, each holding at most ppp products. A framing places each product on one page x(i)∈[m]x(i)\in[m]x(i)∈[m] or leaves it undisplayed. A consumer views the first XXX pages, where X∈[m]X\in[m]X∈[m] is random with law λ(x)=P[X=x]\lambda(x)=\mathbf P[X=x]λ(x)=P[X=x], independent of the framing. A consumer who views xxx pages considers S(x)S(x)S(x), the products on pages 1,…,x1,\dots,x1,…,x, so S(1)⊆S(2)⊆⋯⊆S(m)S(1)\subseteq S(2)\subseteq\cdots\subseteq S(m)S(1)⊆S(2)⊆⋯⊆S(m).

Product iii has a quality ai∈Ra_i\in\mathbb Rai​∈R and a price ri∈Rr_i\in\mathbb Rri​∈R, and the price sensitivity is β>0\beta>0β>0. The mean utility of product iii is ui=ai−βriu_i=a_i-\beta r_iui​=ai​−βri​, and the outside option has utility u0=0u_0=0u0​=0. Under the MNL model a consumer with consideration set SSS buys i∈Si\in Si∈S with probability

P(i,S)=eui1+∑k∈Seuk,P(i,S)=\frac{e^{u_i}}{1+\sum_{k\in S}e^{u_k}},P(i,S)=1+∑k∈S​euk​eui​​,

and P(i,S)=0P(i,S)=0P(i,S)=0 for i∉Si\notin Si∈/S. The expected revenue from that consumer is R(r∣S)=∑i∈SriP(i,S)R(r\mid S)=\sum_{i\in S}r_iP(i,S)R(r∣S)=∑i∈S​ri​P(i,S), and the total expected revenue of a framing and a price vector is

E[R(r∣S(X))]=∑x=1mλ(x) R(r∣S(x)).\mathbf E\big[R(r\mid S(X))\big]=\sum_{x=1}^m\lambda(x)\,R\big(r\mid S(x)\big).E[R(r∣S(X))]=x=1∑m​λ(x)R(r∣S(x)).

For a fixed framing, R(a)R(a)R(a) denotes the optimal value of this quantity over all price vectors, as a function of the quality vector aaa.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 17)

The goal is the existence of an optimal joint solution with the paper's structure: there are a feasible framing and prices r∈Rnr\in\mathbb R^nr∈Rn such that no feasible framing with any prices earns more, and

∣S(x)∣=min⁡(n,  x p)for all x∈[m],ak≤ai  whenever i is displayed and k is undisplayed or on a later page.|S(x)|=\min(n,\;x\,p)\quad\text{for all }x\in[m],\qquad a_k\le a_i\ \text{ whenever } i \text{ is displayed and } k \text{ is undisplayed or on a later page.}∣S(x)∣=min(n,xp)for all x∈[m],ak​≤ai​  whenever i is displayed and k is undisplayed or on a later page.

Pages are filled in order until all products are displayed, and the products appear in descending order of quality.

Milestones

  1. (15), p. 43. The partial derivative of the total expected revenue in the price of a displayed product:
∂ E[R(r∣S(X))]∂ri=β∑l=x(i)mλ(l)P(i,S(l)){1β+R(r∣S(l))−ri}.\frac{\partial\,\mathbf E[R(r\mid S(X))]}{\partial r_i}=\beta\sum_{l=x(i)}^m\lambda(l)P\big(i,S(l)\big)\Big\{\tfrac1\beta+R\big(r\mid S(l)\big)-r_i\Big\}.∂ri​∂E[R(r∣S(X))]​=βl=x(i)∑m​λ(l)P(i,S(l)){β1​+R(r∣S(l))−ri​}.
  1. (17), p. 43. At every optimal price vector, each displayed price is 1/β1/\beta1/β plus a weighted average of the revenues R(r∣S(l))R(r\mid S(l))R(r∣S(l)), l≥x(i)l\ge x(i)l≥x(i).
  2. Theorem 5, p. 16. For a fixed framing, every optimal price vector is constant on each page, ri=θx(i)r_i=\theta_{x(i)}ri​=θx(i)​, with θ1≤θ2≤⋯≤θm\theta_1\le\theta_2\le\cdots\le\theta_mθ1​≤θ2​≤⋯≤θm​.
  3. (19), p. 44. The optimal value R(a)R(a)R(a) is nondecreasing in the quality of any displayed product.

Significance

Theorem 5 reduces the pricing problem of a fixed framing from nnn prices to mmm page prices and says that later pages carry higher prices; this is the page-level analogue of the constant-markup property of MNL pricing, and it runs opposite to the ordering found in oligopoly search models (Arbatskaya 2007). Theorem 6 removes the framing decision almost entirely: a joint optimum is obtained by sorting the products by quality and filling pages in that order, leaving only page prices to choose. The paper's approximation algorithm for joint pricing and framing (Theorem 7, NEST-P, with guarantee 6/π26/\pi^26/π2) starts from this structure.

None of these statements has a machine-checked proof. A complete development would give the first formal treatment of MNL price optimization with nested consideration sets, including the existence of optimal prices, which the paper takes for granted. The paper's argument for the monotonicity θ1≤⋯≤θm\theta_1\le\cdots\le\theta_mθ1​≤⋯≤θm​ and its envelope-theorem step (19) are informal; a formal proof has to supply both.

Difficulty

The expected revenue is not concave in the prices, even with two products on two pages (Example 1, p. 17), so the first-order condition alone does not identify the optimum, and existence of an optimal price vector has to be argued from the behaviour of the revenue as prices tend to ±∞\pm\infty±∞. The within-page equality of prices follows from the first-order condition, but the ordering of page prices needs a global comparison of revenues across consideration sets. In Theorem 6, the obvious exchange argument (swap a higher-quality product forward) does not obviously keep revenue from decreasing when the swapped products have different prices; the paper splits into two cases, and in one of them the improvement comes from continuously moving qualities, which requires control of the optimal value as a function of aaa rather than of a fixed price vector.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n, pages are the natural numbers 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m with m≥1m\ge1m≥1, and capacities satisfy p≥1p\ge1p≥1. A framing is f : Fin n → ℕ with page f i ∈ [m] for displayed products and f i = 0 for undisplayed ones (the paper's x(i)=m+1x(i)=m+1x(i)=m+1); feasibility means at most ppp products per page. The law of XXX is a nonnegative function on [m][m][m] summing to one. Prices are finite reals: the paper's priced-out products (ri=+∞r_i=+\inftyri​=+∞) coincide with undisplayed ones, which the framing already allows. "Descending order" and "increases" are read weakly.

Theorem 5 and (17) are stated for every maximizing price vector and only for products on pages that some consumer reaches (Λ(x)=P[X≥x]>0\Lambda(x)=\mathbf P[X\ge x]>0Λ(x)=P[X≥x]>0), a restriction the paper never discusses: a product on a page no consumer reaches can carry any price at an optimum. They do not assert that a maximizer exists. Theorem 6 is read existentially ("some optimal solution has this structure"); the universal reading is false when some λ(x)=0\lambda(x)=0λ(x)=0, because exchanging products between pages xxx and x+1x+1x+1 then changes no revenue. (19) is formalized as its stated consequence, the monotonicity of the optimal value R(a)=sup⁡rE[R(r∣S(X))]R(a)=\sup_r\mathbf E[R(r\mid S(X))]R(a)=supr​E[R(r∣S(X))], together with the boundedness of the revenues; the envelope identity itself would need a differentiable selection of optimal prices that the paper does not establish.

A trivializing formalization of the goal would take the optimum over framings that are already sorted, over a single fixed framing, or over prices fixed in advance; the goal's optimality clause ranges over all feasible framings and all real price vectors. The development needs elementary calculus of the MNL revenue (HasDerivAt, Real.exp), finite sums over pages, and a compactness or limiting argument for the existence of optimal prices. Pages are those of the authors' accepted manuscript, which differ from the journal typesetting. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on MNL pricing reusable beyond this paper (boundedness of R(r∣S)R(r\mid S)R(r∣S), existence of optimal MNL prices, the constant-price property for a single assortment), are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, A. Li, V.-A. Truong, X. Wang, Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing, Operations Research 68(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1875
  • S. P. Anderson, A. de Palma, J.-F. Thisse, Discrete Choice Theory of Product Differentiation, MIT Press, 1992 (book; cited by the paper for the equal-price property of MNL pricing).
  • G. Gallego, R. Wang, Multiproduct Price Optimization and Competition under the Nested Logit Model with Product-Differentiated Price Sensitivities, Operations Research 62(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1249
  • M. Arbatskaya, Ordered Search, The RAND Journal of Economics 38(1), 2007. http://www.jstor.org/stable/25046295
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 7: For c = |y − x| and Continuous µ the Optimizer Is Unique, Keeps µ ∧ ν in Place, Splits the Rest in TwoResearch Paper

Motivation

A martingale transport plan between two laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR is a joint law of a pair (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ, Y∼νY\sim\nuY∼ν and E[Y∣X]=XE[Y\mid X]=XE[Y∣X]=X. Minimizing or maximizing E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over such plans gives the model-independent price bounds of an option with payoff c(X,Y)c(X,Y)c(X,Y) when the market quotes vanilla options at two maturities, and so fixes the marginal laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν of the asset price. For the forward-starting straddle, with payoff ∣Y−X∣|Y-X|∣Y−X∣, the two bounds are the problems with costs −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ and ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣.

  • 1965: Strassen (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153) shows that martingale plans between μ\muμ and ν\nuν exist if and only if μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order.
  • 2012: Hobson and Neuberger (doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x) identify the optimizer for −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ through a construction of dual maximizers, under conditions on the marginals.
  • 2012: Hobson and Klimmek communicate a description of the optimizer for +∣y−x∣+|y-x|+∣y−x∣ to Beiglböck and Juillet, cited there as private communication (arXiv:1208.1509v2, §7.4 and reference 15).
  • 2016: Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2) prove existence, uniqueness and the shape of the optimizer for ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣ for every continuous starting law, using only the primal problem and their variational lemma.

Setting

μ\muμ and ν\nuν are Borel probability measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moments, in convex order: ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (Definition 2.1). ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) is the set of measures π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν such that y−xy-xy−x is π\piπ-integrable and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\qquad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

which is the paper's characterization (4) of "the disintegration πx\pi_xπx​ has barycentre xxx". For the cost c(x,y)=∣y−x∣c(x,y)=|y-x|c(x,y)=∣y−x∣ the cost of a plan is ∫∣y−x∣ dπ∈[0,∞)\int|y-x|\,d\pi\in[0,\infty)∫∣y−x∣dπ∈[0,∞), and π\piπ is optimal if it minimizes this over ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν). μ\muμ is continuous if μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the largest measure below both μ\muμ and ν\nuν (Example 2.5); (Id⊗Id)#η(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#\eta(Id⊗Id)#​η is the image of η\etaη under x↦(x,x)x\mapsto(x,x)x↦(x,x), a measure on the diagonal Δ={(x,x)}\Delta=\{(x,x)\}Δ={(x,x)}. For Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2, Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ}, and graph⁡(T)={(x,T(x))}\operatorname{graph}(T)=\{(x,T(x))\}graph(T)={(x,T(x))}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4 (p. 43)

If μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν and μ\muμ is continuous, there is a unique optimal πabs∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi_{\mathrm{abs}}\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)πabs​∈ΠM​(μ,ν) for c(x,y)=∣y−x∣c(x,y)=|y-x|c(x,y)=∣y−x∣; it is concentrated on a set Γ\GammaΓ with ∣Γx∣≤3|\Gamma_x|\le3∣Γx​∣≤3 for every xxx; and

πabs=(Id⊗Id)#(μ∧ν)+πgo,πgo concentrated on graph⁡(T1)∪graph⁡(T2)\pi_{\mathrm{abs}}=(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#(\mu\wedge\nu)+\pi_{\mathrm{go}},\qquad \pi_{\mathrm{go}}\ \text{concentrated on}\ \operatorname{graph}(T_1)\cup\operatorname{graph}(T_2)πabs​=(Id⊗Id)#​(μ∧ν)+πgo​,πgo​ concentrated on graph(T1​)∪graph(T2​)

for some functions T1,T2:R→RT_1,T_2:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RT1​,T2​:R→R.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Attainment of the minimum (§2.1, pp. 10–11).
  2. Lemma 1.11, the variational lemma (p. 8).
  3. Lemma 7.5, the sign of a three-point cost difference (pp. 43–44).
  4. The forbidden configurations (24) on a finitely optimal set (p. 45).
  5. The static part: π∣Δ=(Id⊗Id)#(μ∧ν)\pi|_\Delta=(\mathrm{Id}\otimes\mathrm{Id})_\#(\mu\wedge\nu)π∣Δ​=(Id⊗Id)#​(μ∧ν) for every optimal π\piπ (pp. 45–46).
  6. Lemma 3.2, accumulation of uncountably many large fibres (p. 19).
  7. At most two off-diagonal points per fibre (p. 46).
  8. The reduced problem between μ−μ∧ν\mu-\mu\wedge\nuμ−μ∧ν and ν−μ∧ν\nu-\mu\wedge\nuν−μ∧ν (p. 46).
  9. Lemma 5.5, two Borel graphs (p. 35), and Lemma 5.6, uniqueness from at most two points per fibre (p. 36).

Significance

The theorem identifies the lower model-independent bound for the forward-starting straddle: the extremal model keeps the mass that μ\muμ and ν\nuν share in place and splits every other starting point between at most two destinations. With Theorem 7.3 for −∣y−x∣-|y-x|−∣y−x∣ it settles both bounds for continuous μ\muμ without any dual attainment, which is known to fail in general. The decomposition into a static part μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν and a part between marginals with μˉ∧νˉ=0\bar\mu\wedge\bar\nu=0μˉ​∧νˉ=0 is a reduction that applies to other costs vanishing on the diagonal.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal statement of Theorem 7.4 and of each step of its proof, a Lean vocabulary for martingale transport on R\mathbb RR shared with the other missions of this series, and the general measure-theoretic lemmas (3.2, 5.5, 5.6) that the structure theorems of the paper all use.

Difficulty

Lemma 7.5 and (24) are elementary; the work lies in passing from them to statements about measures. The variational lemma needs Kellerer's duality-type result for finitely optimal sets. The static part requires showing that a positive defect κ=μ∧ν−π(Δ-projection)\kappa=\mu\wedge\nu-\pi(\Delta\text{-projection})κ=μ∧ν−π(Δ-projection) produces, at κ\kappaκ-almost every point, a forbidden configuration, which uses the disintegration of the moving part. The cardinality bound requires the accumulation argument of Lemma 3.2, and the forbidden configurations only hold for points that lie strictly inside the range of their own fibre, which the martingale condition supplies only almost everywhere. Uniqueness does not follow from strict convexity of a cost functional, since the problem is linear: it comes from the two-graph structure through Lemma 5.6, and it fails if μ\muμ has atoms (Remark 7.7).

Formalization scope

Measures are Mathlib Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ) with Borel σ-algebras. Costs are integrals in the extended reals through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral; the cost ∣y−x∣|y-x|∣y−x∣ is nonnegative and, under finite first moments, finite. Martingale plans are encoded by condition (4), competitors by the same device. μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the infimum in Mathlib's complete lattice of measures, measure subtraction is Mathlib's truncated subtraction, cardinalities of fibres are Set.encard in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, and "concentrated on AAA" is π(Ac)=0\pi(A^c)=0π(Ac)=0. Continuity of μ\muμ is μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for all xxx. As on the page, Γ\GammaΓ, T1T_1T1​ and T2T_2T2​ in the goal carry no measurability requirement.

Two choices differ from a literal reading and are disclosed in the items: (24) carries the hypothesis y−<x<y+y^-<x<y^+y−<x<y+ of Lemma 7.5, which the page invokes and without which (24) is false; and the steps that do not need continuity of μ\muμ (the static part, the reduced problem) are stated without it.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: μ∧ν\mu\wedge\nuμ∧ν is the lattice infimum of measures, not a product and not a pointwise minimum of set values, and all four conjuncts of the goal (existence, uniqueness, the bound 3, the decomposition) are asserted together.

Reusable beyond this mission: the Setting layer (convex order, ΠM\Pi_MΠM​, competitors), Lemma 3.2, Lemma 5.5 (a Lusin–Novikov consequence) and Lemma 5.6. Proofs of any milestone, and infrastructure on disintegrations of plans on R2\mathbb R^2R2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • D. Hobson, A. Neuberger, Robust bounds for forward start options, Mathematical Finance 22(1), 31–56, 2012. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 156, Springer, 1995 (Theorem 18.11). doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 5: For c = ϕ(x)ψ(y), ψ Strictly Convex, ϕ Strictly Decreasing, the Left-Curtain Coupling Is the Unique OptimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two given laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR by a one-step martingale: a pair (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) with X∼μX\sim\muX∼μ, Y∼νY\sim\nuY∼ν and E[Y∣X]=XE[Y\mid X]=XE[Y∣X]=X. The problem arises in mathematical finance, where μ\muμ and ν\nuν are the risk-neutral laws of an asset at two maturities, implied by quoted vanilla option prices, and the extremal values of E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over all such couplings are model-independent price bounds for the exotic payoff ccc (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). In classical optimal transport on the line, a single coupling, the monotone (quantile) coupling, is optimal for a whole family of costs. Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509, Ann. Probab. 2016) identify its martingale counterpart, the left-curtain coupling πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​, and determine costs for which it is optimal.

This mission formalizes one of those optimality results, Theorem 6.3: for product costs c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y)c(x,y)=\varphi(x)\psi(y)c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y) with ψ\psiψ strictly convex and φ\varphiφ decreasing, πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is the unique optimizer.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be the set of finite Borel measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment. For μ,ν∈M\mu,\nu\in\mathcal Mμ,ν∈M the convex order μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν means ∫ϕ dμ≤∫ϕ dν\int\phi\,d\mu\le\int\phi\,d\nu∫ϕdμ≤∫ϕdν for every convex ϕ:R→R\phi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rϕ:R→R; it forces equal mass and equal mean. The extended convex order μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν asks this only for nonnegative convex ϕ\phiϕ.

A transport plan from μ\muμ to ν\nuν is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν; the set of them is Π(μ,ν)\Pi(\mu,\nu)Π(μ,ν). It is a martingale transport plan, π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), if y−xy-xy−x is π\piπ-integrable and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\quad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

that is, the conditional law πx\pi_xπx​ of yyy given xxx has barycentre xxx for μ\muμ-almost every xxx. For a cost c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R the cost of a plan is Eπ[c]=∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]E_\pi[c]=\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]Eπ​[c]=∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞], the value is CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡π∈ΠM(μ,ν)Eπ[c]C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)}E_\pi[c]CM​(μ,ν)=infπ∈ΠM​(μ,ν)​Eπ​[c], and π\piπ is optimal if it belongs to ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) and attains this infimum.

For a plan π\piπ and t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R, the measure νtπ=proj#y(π∣(−∞,t]×R)\nu^\pi_t=\mathrm{proj}^y_\#(\pi|_{(-\infty,t]\times\mathbb R})νtπ​=proj#y​(π∣(−∞,t]×R​) is where π\piπ sends the left part μ∣(−∞,t]\mu|_{(-\infty,t]}μ∣(−∞,t]​ of μ\muμ. Given μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν, the shadow Sν(μ)S^\nu(\mu)Sν(μ) is the measure η\etaη with η≤ν\eta\le\nuη≤ν and μ⪯Cη\mu\preceq_C\etaμ⪯C​η that is ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-below every other such measure. The left-curtain coupling of μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν is the plan πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ with

proj#x(πlc∣(−∞,x]×R)=μ∣(−∞,x],νxπlc=Sν(μ∣(−∞,x])(x∈R).\mathrm{proj}^x_\#(\pi_{lc}|_{(-\infty,x]\times\mathbb R})=\mu|_{(-\infty,x]},\qquad \nu^{\pi_{lc}}_x=S^\nu(\mu|_{(-\infty,x]})\qquad(x\in\mathbb R).proj#x​(πlc​∣(−∞,x]×R​)=μ∣(−∞,x]​,νxπlc​​=Sν(μ∣(−∞,x]​)(x∈R).

It sends every left part of μ\muμ to the most concentrated part of ν\nuν that can receive it by a martingale.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

Let μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν be finite measures, ψ≥0\psi\ge0ψ≥0 strictly convex, φ≥0\varphi\ge0φ≥0 strictly decreasing, c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y)c(x,y)=\varphi(x)\psi(y)c(x,y)=φ(x)ψ(y), and assume CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞. Then

πlc is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM(μ,ν) equals πlc.\pi_{lc}\ \text{is optimal, and every optimal }\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\text{ equals }\pi_{lc}.πlc​ is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) equals πlc​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.6: for μ⪯Eν\mu\preceq_E\nuμ⪯E​ν in M\mathcal MM the shadow exists and is unique.
  2. Theorem 4.18: for μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν the left-curtain coupling exists, is unique, and lies in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν).
  3. Proof of Theorem 4.21: for every π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) and sss, νsπ≤ν\nu^\pi_s\le\nuνsπ​≤ν, μ∣(−∞,s]⪯Cνsπ\mu|_{(-\infty,s]}\preceq_C\nu^\pi_sμ∣(−∞,s]​⪯C​νsπ​, and νsπlc⪯Cνsπ\nu^{\pi_{lc}}_s\preceq_C\nu^\pi_sνsπlc​​⪯C​νsπ​.
  4. Equation (16): ∫φ(x)ψ(y) dπ=∫0∞(∫ψ dν{φ≥t}π)dt\displaystyle\int\varphi(x)\psi(y)\,d\pi=\int_0^\infty\Big(\int\psi\,d\nu^\pi_{\{\varphi\ge t\}}\Big)dt∫φ(x)ψ(y)dπ=∫0∞​(∫ψdν{φ≥t}π​)dt.
  5. Equality case: for η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ and ψ\psiψ strictly convex with ∫ψ dη′<∞\int\psi\,d\eta'<\infty∫ψdη′<∞, ∫ψ dη=∫ψ dη′\int\psi\,d\eta=\int\psi\,d\eta'∫ψdη=∫ψdη′ iff η=η′\eta=\eta'η=η′.
  6. §1.3: a plan in Π(μ,ν)\Pi(\mu,\nu)Π(μ,ν) is determined by the family (νtπ)t∈R(\nu^\pi_t)_{t\in\mathbb R}(νtπ​)t∈R​.

Significance

Theorem 6.3 gives a class of costs for which the martingale transport problem has an explicit, cost-independent solution, and does so with uniqueness and without any regularity of φ\varphiφ beyond monotonicity. In the financial reading, every payoff of the form φ(X)ψ(Y)\varphi(X)\psi(Y)φ(X)ψ(Y) with these shape properties has its model-independent lower price bound attained by one and the same model, the left-curtain martingale, which depends only on the marginals. The result complements Theorem 6.1 of the same paper (costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex), proved by a different, variational route.

The theorem is proved in the paper. No machine-checked version is known: neither the left-curtain coupling nor shadows nor martingale optimal transport on R\mathbb RR appears in Mathlib or on the platform. A formalization produces the shadow construction, the left-curtain coupling as a Lean object with its characterization, and the comparison principle "πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ has the ⪯C\preceq_C⪯C​-least targets", all of which are reused by the other results of the series (uniqueness of the left-monotone plan, Theorem 6.1, the support bounds of §7).

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares costs plan by plan, but the convex order of two measures alone does not order the integrals of a strictly convex ψ\psiψ strictly: that ∫ψ dη=∫ψ dη′\int\psi\,d\eta=\int\psi\,d\eta'∫ψdη=∫ψdη′ forces η=η′\eta=\eta'η=η′ requires representing η′\eta'η′ as a martingale image of η\etaη (Strassen's theorem on R\mathbb RR) and the equality case of Jensen's inequality, with care about infinite integrals. The second obstacle is the passage from "equal targets for almost every level ttt of φ\varphiφ" to "equal plans": the superlevel sets of a strictly decreasing φ\varphiφ are half-lines that may be open or closed at the jumps of φ\varphiφ, so the targets must be controlled for both kinds of half-line, and a null set of levels must be bridged by monotonicity of t↦νtπt\mapsto\nu^\pi_tt↦νtπ​. Existence of shadows (Lemma 4.6) is itself a nontrivial construction through potential functions uμ(x)=∫∣y−x∣ dμ(y)u_\mu(x)=\int|y-x|\,d\mu(y)uμ​(x)=∫∣y−x∣dμ(y).

Formalization scope

Measures are Mathlib Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ) with the Borel σ-algebras. μ\muμ and ν\nuν are finite, not necessarily probability, measures, as the theorem states; membership in M\mathcal MM is part of ConvexLE. Integrals that may be infinite take values in EReal, through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f−). ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded by the characterization above with bounded test functions ρ\rhoρ. The shadow and the left-curtain coupling are predicates (IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain); their existence and uniqueness are milestones, never built into definitions. "Optimal" is minimality of cost over martingale plans; attainment is not assumed.

Two hypotheses are read into the printed statement. "Decreasing" is strict: with φ≡1\varphi\equiv1φ≡1 all martingale plans have the same cost ∫ψ dν\int\psi\,d\nu∫ψdν, and for μ\muμ uniform on {−1,1}\{-1,1\}{−1,1}, ν\nuν uniform on {−2,0,2}\{-2,0,2\}{−2,0,2} there are infinitely many of them. CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞ is added, as the proof assumes a plan of finite cost; otherwise every plan is optimal. A formalization in which πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is merely some plan, the cost is a Bochner integral (which is 000 for non-integrable integrands), or optimality is taken among all plans rather than martingale plans would not be Theorem 6.3. Theorem 4.18 is stated for finite measures of equal mass, the generality Theorem 6.3 needs. Strassen's theorem is already posed on the platform (PalmQueueing.Ordering.strassen_cx) and is not restated.

A complete development needs the convex order on finite measures, shadows, the left-curtain coupling, a layer-cake identity for product integrands and the equality case of the convex order for strictly convex test functions. The shadow and left-curtain layers are reusable across the whole series; contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas on the convex order of finite (not only probability) measures, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 6: For c = −|y − x| and Continuous µ the Optimizer Is Unique and Lives on Two Monotone GraphsResearch Paper

Motivation

A forward-start straddle pays ∣S2−S1∣|S_2 - S_1|∣S2​−S1​∣, the absolute change of an asset price between two future dates. A trader who knows the market prices of all vanilla options at both dates knows the laws μ\muμ of S1S_1S1​ and ν\nuν of S2S_2S2​, but not their joint law. Under a pricing measure the price is a martingale, so the admissible joint laws are exactly the martingale couplings of μ\muμ and ν\nuν. The highest price consistent with the data is therefore the value of an optimization problem over martingale couplings: maximize E∣S2−S1∣\mathbb E|S_2-S_1|E∣S2​−S1​∣. Hobson and Neuberger (Robust bounds for forward start options, 2012) studied this problem and identified the maximizing coupling through the dual problem. Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère and Penkner (arXiv:1106.5929) showed that the dual maximizers need not exist in general.

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 2016) approach martingale transport through the structure of the support of optimal plans. Their Theorem 7.3 recovers the Hobson–Neuberger optimizer for every continuous starting law μ\muμ: it is unique and splits each starting point into at most two destinations along two monotone maps.

Timeline.

  • 1965: Strassen (doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153) shows that martingale couplings of μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν exist iff μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order.
  • 2012: Hobson and Neuberger identify the optimizer for c=−∣y−x∣c=-|y-x|c=−∣y−x∣ via a construction of dual maximizers, under conditions on the marginals.
  • 2013: Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère and Penkner give an example where the dual maximizers do not exist.
  • 2016: Beiglböck and Juillet prove existence, uniqueness and the two-graph structure for every continuous μ\muμ, using only the primal problem and a variational lemma.

Setting

A martingale transport plan between probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR with finite first moments is a probability measure π\piπ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with first marginal μ\muμ, second marginal ν\nuν, and

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,\int \rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\qquad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho,∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ,

that is, the conditional mean of yyy given xxx is xxx. Their set is ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν). It is nonempty exactly when μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν: ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ\varphiφ.

For a cost c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R the problem is

CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡{∫c dπ: π∈ΠM(μ,ν)},C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf\Big\{\int c\,d\pi:\ \pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\Big\},CM​(μ,ν)=inf{∫cdπ: π∈ΠM​(μ,ν)},

and π\piπ is optimal if it attains this infimum. This mission concerns the Hobson–Neuberger cost c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣c(x,y)=-|y-x|c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣, so optimal plans maximize ∫∣y−x∣ dπ\int|y-x|\,d\pi∫∣y−x∣dπ. The measure μ\muμ is continuous: μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

For Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2 write Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ}. A competitor of a finitely supported measure α\alphaα on R2\mathbb R^2R2 is a measure α′\alpha'α′ with the same two marginals and the same conditional barycentres ∫y dαx(y)\int y\,d\alpha_x(y)∫ydαx​(y).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3 (p. 43)

If μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν are probability measures and μ\muμ is continuous, there is a unique optimal πHN∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi_{\mathrm{HN}}\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)πHN​∈ΠM​(μ,ν) for c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣c(x,y)=-|y-x|c(x,y)=−∣y−x∣. Moreover there are a Borel set SSS with μ(S)=1\mu(S)=1μ(S)=1 and functions T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​, nondecreasing on SSS, with

T1(x)≤x≤T2(x) (x∈S),πHN({(x,y):x∈S, y∈{T1(x),T2(x)}})=1.T_1(x)\le x\le T_2(x)\ (x\in S),\qquad \pi_{\mathrm{HN}}\big(\{(x,y):x\in S,\ y\in\{T_1(x),T_2(x)\}\}\big)=1.T1​(x)≤x≤T2​(x) (x∈S),πHN​({(x,y):x∈S, y∈{T1​(x),T2​(x)}})=1.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Attainment (§2.1, pp. 10–11): for a lower semicontinuous, sufficiently integrable cost the infimum is attained when ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\neq\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅.
  2. Lemma 1.11 (p. 8): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα on Γ\GammaΓ has a cheaper competitor.
  3. Lemma 7.5 (pp. 43–44): the sign of A−BA-BA−B, an explicit difference of absolute values, as a function of one variable.
  4. (23) (p. 44): on such a Γ\GammaΓ, for (x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)∈Γ(x,y^-),(x,y^+),(x',y')\in\Gamma(x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)∈Γ with y−<y′<y+y^-<y'<y^+y−<y′<y+, neither y′≤x′<xy'\le x'<xy′≤x′<x nor x<x′≤y′x<x'\le y'x<x′≤y′.
  5. Lemma 3.2 (p. 19) and the countability of {a:∣Γa∣>2}\{a:|\Gamma_a|>2\}{a:∣Γa​∣>2} (p. 45).
  6. Lemma 5.5 (p. 35): a Borel set with at most two points per fibre is the union of two Borel graphs.
  7. Monotonicity of T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ (p. 45).
  8. Convexity of the set of optimizers (p. 45) and Lemma 5.6 (p. 36): a nonempty convex set of martingale plans each living on a set with two-point fibres is a single plan.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 gives the extremal martingale coupling for the forward-start straddle in closed structural form: a plan that sends each xxx to one point below and one point above it, both chosen monotonically in xxx. Combined with the martingale constraint, this determines the transition probabilities at each xxx, so the plan, and the model-independent upper price bound, are pinned down by μ\muμ and ν\nuν. Remark 7.6 of the paper shows that continuity of μ\muμ cannot be dropped: for atomic μ\muμ uniqueness can fail.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. The mission produces a formal account of a support-based method (variational lemma, forbidden configurations, fibre counting, selection of Borel graphs, uniqueness from convexity). Lemma 3.2, Lemma 5.5 and Lemma 5.6 are general statements reused by the paper's other structure theorems (Corollary 1.6, Theorems 7.1, 7.4) and are of independent use.

Difficulty

The forbidden configurations (23) are pointwise statements about a set Γ\GammaΓ of full measure, while the conclusion is about functions. Passing from one to the other needs three ingredients that do not follow from (23) alone: a counting argument showing that only countably many fibres can have three or more points (this is where continuity of μ\muμ enters, through Lemma 3.2), a measurable selection of the two branches (Lemma 5.5, a Lusin–Novikov type theorem not in Mathlib), and a uniqueness argument comparing two optimizers through their average. The naive idea of reading uniqueness off from (23) directly fails: (23) constrains each optimizer separately, and two optimizers could a priori live on different pairs of graphs.

Lemma 1.11 itself rests on a duality theorem of Kellerer type for product sets and is the subject of a separate mission of this series.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works with measures on ℝ and ℝ × ℝ and their Borel σ-algebras. Integrals that may be infinite are taken in EReal through the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral (positive minus negative part, with (+∞)−(+∞)=−∞(+\infty)-(+\infty)=-\infty(+∞)−(+∞)=−∞); the cost of a plan, CMC_MCM​, and the convex order are defined through it. ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) is encoded by the paper's own characterization (4) with bounded test functions, and competitors by the same device; no disintegrations appear in the statements. Cardinalities of fibres are Set.encard, valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}. Continuity of μ\muμ is the hypothesis μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx. "Concentrated on AAA" is π(Ac)=0\pi(A^c)=0π(Ac)=0.

The attainment milestone uses the finite-measure class M\mathcal MM introduced in §2.1: probability normalization is required for Lemma 1.11 and the goal, but not for attainment. The first moments of both marginals are explicit hypotheses in that milestone.

The goal states T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ as nondecreasing on a Borel set SSS of full μ\muμ-measure, with T1≤id≤T2T_1\le\mathrm{id}\le T_2T1​≤id≤T2​ on SSS. The page writes T1,T2:R→RT_1,T_2:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RT1​,T2​:R→R nondecreasing everywhere; read literally that version fails when μ\muμ has bounded support and ν\nuν does not, and the paper's proof produces exactly the full-measure form (as in its Corollary 1.6).

Statements (23), the fibre count and the monotonicity of T1,T2T_1,T_2T1​,T2​ are stated for an arbitrary set Γ\GammaΓ with the finite-optimality property of Lemma 1.11 for c=−∣y−x∣c=-|y-x|c=−∣y−x∣, so they do not depend on a plan. A formalization proving only existence of an optimizer, or uniqueness without the two-graph structure, does not settle the goal: both parts are required.

Needed infrastructure: weak compactness of ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν) and lower semicontinuity of the cost functional; a Kellerer-type duality for Lemma 1.11; a Lusin–Novikov selection theorem for Lemma 5.5. Contributions to any of these, and alternative proofs of Lemma 5.6, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509v2, doi:10.1214/14-AOP966
  • D. Hobson, A. Neuberger, Robust bounds for forward start options, Mathematical Finance 22(1), 31–56, 2012. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9965.2010.00473.x
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. arXiv:1106.5929
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • A. S. Kechris, Classical Descriptive Set Theory, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 156, Springer, 1995 (Theorem 18.11). doi:10.1007/978-1-4612-4190-4
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 4: For c = h(y − x) with h′ Strictly Convex the Left-Curtain Coupling Is the Unique OptimizerResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two probability laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR under the extra constraint that the coupling is the law of a one-step martingale. The problem arose in robust mathematical finance: when the prices of all call options at two maturities are observed, the marginal laws of the underlying asset at those maturities are known, and the no-arbitrage bounds on the price of a path-dependent option are the values of a martingale transport problem (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). The paper of Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509v2, Ann. Probab. 44 (2016)) introduced the structural theory of the one-dimensional problem: a variational principle for optimal plans, a canonical coupling called the left-curtain coupling, and the identification of that coupling as the optimizer for a family of costs.

This mission formalizes that last identification. In classical optimal transport on the line, the monotone (quantile) coupling is the unique optimizer for every cost h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with hhh strictly convex; the result here is the martingale counterpart, with a different coupling and a different convexity condition.

Setting

Let μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν be Borel probability measures on R\mathbb RR with finite first moment. They are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν, if ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ:R→R\varphi:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ:R→R (Definition 2.1). A transport plan is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with first marginal μ\muμ and second marginal ν\nuν; it is a martingale transport plan, π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), if under π\piπ the conditional mean of yyy given xxx equals xxx, equivalently

∫ρ(x) (y−x) dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.\int\rho(x)\,(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0\quad\text{for every bounded Borel }\rho .∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0for every bounded Borel ρ.

Strassen's theorem says ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ne\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅ exactly when μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν.

A cost is a function c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R. It satisfies the sufficient integrability condition if c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)\ge a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y) for all x,yx,yx,y with a∈L1(μ)a\in L^1(\mu)a∈L1(μ), b∈L1(ν)b\in L^1(\nu)b∈L1(ν); then ∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞] is well defined for every plan. The martingale transport problem is

CM(μ,ν)=inf⁡π∈ΠM(μ,ν)∫c dπ,C_M(\mu,\nu)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)}\int c\,d\pi ,CM​(μ,ν)=π∈ΠM​(μ,ν)inf​∫cdπ,

and a plan attaining the infimum is optimal.

A plan π\piπ is (left-)monotone (Definition 1.4) if it is concentrated on a Borel set Γ\GammaΓ containing no three points (x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′)(x,y^-),(x,y^+),(x',y')(x,y−),(x,y+),(x′,y′) with x<x′x<x'x<x′ and y−<y′<y+y^-<y'<y^+y−<y′<y+. For a finite measure η≤μ\eta\le\muη≤μ, its shadow Sν(η)S^\nu(\eta)Sν(η) is the least measure in the convex order among the measures η′≤ν\eta'\le\nuη′≤ν with η⪯Cη′\eta\preceq_C\eta'η⪯C​η′ (Lemma 4.6). The left-curtain coupling πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ is the plan that transports μ∣]−∞,x]\mu|_{]-\infty,x]}μ∣]−∞,x]​ onto Sν(μ∣]−∞,x])S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,x]})Sν(μ∣]−∞,x]​) for every xxx (Theorem 4.18); writing νtπ\nu^\pi_tνtπ​ for the second marginal of π∣]−∞,t]×R\pi|_{]-\infty,t]\times\mathbb R}π∣]−∞,t]×R​, this says νtπlc=Sν(μ∣]−∞,t])\nu^{\pi_{lc}}_t=S^\nu(\mu|_{]-\infty,t]})νtπlc​​=Sν(μ∣]−∞,t]​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.7 (= Theorem 6.1)

Let μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν be probability measures, let h:R→Rh:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rh:R→R be differentiable with strictly convex derivative h′h'h′, let c(x,y)=h(y−x)c(x,y)=h(y-x)c(x,y)=h(y−x) satisfy the sufficient integrability condition, and assume CM(μ,ν)<∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<∞. Then

πlc is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM(μ,ν) equals πlc.\pi_{lc}\ \text{is optimal, and every optimal}\ \pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ \text{equals}\ \pi_{lc}.πlc​ is optimal, and every optimal π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) equals πlc​.

Milestones

  1. Attainment (§2.1): for a lower semicontinuous cost with the integrability condition, the infimum CM(μ,ν)C_M(\mu,\nu)CM​(μ,ν) is attained whenever ΠM(μ,ν)≠∅\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)\ne\emptysetΠM​(μ,ν)=∅.
  2. Lemma 1.11 (variational lemma): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα with support in Γ\GammaΓ has a strictly cheaper competitor (same marginals, same conditional barycentres).
  3. The rerouting (proof of Theorem 6.1): for λy++(1−λ)y−=y′\lambda y^+ + (1-\lambda)y^- = y'λy++(1−λ)y−=y′, the measure α′\alpha'α′ with masses 1−λ,λ,11-\lambda,\lambda,11−λ,λ,1 at (x′,y−),(x′,y+),(x,y′)(x',y^-),(x',y^+),(x,y')(x′,y−),(x′,y+),(x,y′) is a competitor of α\alphaα with masses λ,1−λ,1\lambda,1-\lambda,1λ,1−λ,1 at (x,y+),(x,y−),(x′,y′)(x,y^+),(x,y^-),(x',y')(x,y+),(x,y−),(x′,y′).
  4. Display (15): d(t)=λh(y+−t)+(1−λ)h(y−−t)−h(y′−t)d(t)=\lambda h(y^+-t)+(1-\lambda)h(y^--t)-h(y'-t)d(t)=λh(y+−t)+(1−λ)h(y−−t)−h(y′−t) is strictly decreasing.
  5. The rerouting is strictly cheaper: for x<x′x<x'x<x′,
λc(x,y+)+(1−λ)c(x,y−)+c(x′,y′)>λc(x′,y+)+(1−λ)c(x′,y−)+c(x,y′).\lambda c(x,y^+)+(1-\lambda)c(x,y^-)+c(x',y')>\lambda c(x',y^+)+(1-\lambda)c(x',y^-)+c(x,y').λc(x,y+)+(1−λ)c(x,y−)+c(x′,y′)>λc(x′,y+)+(1−λ)c(x′,y−)+c(x,y′).
  1. Every finite optimizer is monotone.
  2. Theorem 4.18: πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ exists, is unique and lies in ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν).
  3. Theorem 5.3: a monotone martingale transport plan is the left-curtain coupling of its marginals.
  4. Theorem 1.9 (companion): under the goal's hypotheses, for π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν), "monotone", "optimal" and "νtπ⪯Cνtπ′\nu^\pi_t\preceq_C\nu^{\pi'}_tνtπ​⪯C​νtπ′​ for all π′∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi'\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π′∈ΠM​(μ,ν) and ttt" are equivalent.

Significance

The theorem shows that, for every cost h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x) with h′h'h′ strictly convex (for instance h=exp⁡h=\exph=exp), the martingale transport problem has the same optimizer, determined by μ\muμ and ν\nuν alone. In the financial reading, the model-independent bound on the price of the corresponding forward-start payoff is attained by one explicit martingale, the same for the whole family. Remark 6.2 of the paper derives from it that πlc\pi_{lc}πlc​ also minimizes the essential supremum of y−xy-xy−x. Theorem 1.9 packages the result as an equivalence of a geometric property (monotonicity), an optimality property and an order property of the curtain; later work on the left-curtain coupling, its explicit construction, and its extensions to higher dimensions and to multiple marginals takes these characterizations as its starting point.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is formalized: Mathlib has the convex order neither for finite measures nor in the form used here, no martingale couplings, and no theory of shadows. The mission produces the statement layer (convex order on finite measures, martingale plans, extended-real costs, shadows, left-monotone plans, competitors) and asks for a machine-checked proof of the goal and of each milestone. The real-variable milestones (displays around (15)) are self-contained and elementary; the measure-theoretic ones carry the weight.

Difficulty

Optimality is a global property of a measure on R2\mathbb R^2R2, while monotonicity is a pointwise property of its support. Passing from the first to the second requires the variational lemma, whose proof uses a duality theorem for measures with prescribed marginal bounds and a measurable-selection argument; a direct perturbation of π\piπ along a single bad triple fails because a triple of points carries no mass. The second obstacle is uniqueness of the monotone plan (Theorem 5.3), which needs the shadow construction and the associativity of shadows; monotonicity alone does not visibly pin down the plan. Existence of an optimizer needs weak compactness of ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν), which is not immediate because the martingale condition is tested against bounded measurable, not continuous, functions.

Formalization scope

All measures are Borel measures on R\mathbb RR and R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R; μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν in the goal are probability measures. Convex order requires finite mass and finite first moment of both sides. Integrals that may be infinite (∫c dπ\int c\,d\pi∫cdπ, ∫φ dμ\int\varphi\,d\mu∫φdμ for convex φ\varphiφ) are computed in the extended reals as ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− (the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral), never as Bochner integrals. ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded by the test-function condition displayed above (the paper's (4)). Shadows and the left-curtain coupling are predicates (IsShadow, IsLeftCurtain); their existence and uniqueness are theorems, and the goal asserts them rather than assuming them. Strict convexity of h′h'h′ is strict convexity of deriv h on R\mathbb RR, with hhh differentiable everywhere. Finiteness of costs is CM(μ,ν)<+∞C_M(\mu,\nu)<+\inftyCM​(μ,ν)<+∞, which is the same as the existence of a martingale plan of finite cost (Theorem 6.1's wording).

A formalization that assumes an optimizer exists, or that asserts uniqueness only among left-curtain plans, is trivial and is not the goal: the statement asserts a plan with the left-curtain property, its optimality, and that every optimal plan equals it.

The development needs: weak compactness of plan sets on R2\mathbb R^2R2; lower semicontinuity of extended-real cost functionals; the variational lemma (shared with the companion mission on Lemma 1.11); shadows and their order properties; and the uniqueness of monotone martingale plans. The shadow theory and the variational lemma are reusable across the whole series on this paper. Contributions on any milestone are welcome, including proofs of the elementary displays (15) and the rerouting inequality.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1208.1509v2
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices: a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-AAP925
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Ann. Math. Statist. 36, 423–439, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • C. Villani, Optimal Transport: Old and New, Springer, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-71050-9
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Problem of Optimal Transport Under Marginal Martingale Constraints 8: If Affine Lines Meet h′ in at Most k Points, Optimal Plans Split Each Non-Atom Into at Most k PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Martingale optimal transport asks for the cheapest way to couple two given laws μ\muμ and ν\nuν of a price at two dates under the constraint that the coupling is a martingale: the conditional mean of the later price given the earlier one equals the earlier one. It is the model-independent pricing problem of mathematical finance: given the marginal laws implied by vanilla option prices, the extreme values of E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)]E[c(X,Y)] over all martingale couplings bound the price of the exotic payoff ccc (Beiglböck, Henry-Labordère, Penkner 2013; Galichon, Henry-Labordère, Touzi 2014). In the classical (non-martingale) transport problem, the shape of the cost determines the shape of the optimal coupling: for strictly convex costs of y−xy-xy−x on the line the optimizer is a monotone map. The question this mission addresses is the martingale analogue: how much can an optimal martingale coupling split a single starting point, as a function of the cost?

Beiglböck and Juillet (arXiv:1208.1509, Ann. Probab. 2016) introduced the variational lemma for this problem and used it to prove, among other results, that the left-curtain coupling is optimal for a family of costs and that, for costs h(y−x)h(y-x)h(y−x), the number of points into which an optimal plan sends a non-atom of μ\muμ is bounded by a geometric property of h′h'h′ alone (their Theorem 7.1). This mission formalizes that bound.

Setting

All measures are Borel measures on R\mathbb RR or R2\mathbb R^2R2. A martingale transport plan between probability measures μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν on R\mathbb RR is a measure π\piπ on R×R\mathbb R\times\mathbb RR×R with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν such that ∫ρ(x)(y−x) dπ(x,y)=0\int\rho(x)(y-x)\,d\pi(x,y)=0∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ(x,y)=0 for every bounded Borel ρ\rhoρ; equivalently, the disintegration (πx)(\pi_x)(πx​) of π\piπ along its first coordinate satisfies ∫y dπx(y)=x\int y\,d\pi_x(y)=x∫ydπx​(y)=x for μ\muμ-almost every xxx. The set of such plans is ΠM(μ,ν)\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)ΠM​(μ,ν); it is nonempty exactly when μ\muμ and ν\nuν are in convex order, μ⪯Cν\mu\preceq_C\nuμ⪯C​ν, meaning ∫φ dμ≤∫φ dν\int\varphi\,d\mu\le\int\varphi\,d\nu∫φdμ≤∫φdν for every convex φ\varphiφ.

A cost is a function c:R2→Rc:\mathbb R^2\to\mathbb Rc:R2→R. It satisfies the sufficient integrability condition if c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)\ge a(x)+b(y)c(x,y)≥a(x)+b(y) for some a∈L1(μ)a\in L^1(\mu)a∈L1(μ), b∈L1(ν)b\in L^1(\nu)b∈L1(ν); then Eπ[c]=∫c dπ∈(−∞,+∞]E_\pi[c]=\int c\,d\pi\in(-\infty,+\infty]Eπ​[c]=∫cdπ∈(−∞,+∞] is well defined for every plan. A plan π∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π∈ΠM​(μ,ν) is optimal if Eπ[c]≤Eπ′[c]E_\pi[c]\le E_{\pi'}[c]Eπ​[c]≤Eπ′​[c] for every π′∈ΠM(μ,ν)\pi'\in\Pi_M(\mu,\nu)π′∈ΠM​(μ,ν).

A competitor of a finitely supported measure α\alphaα on R2\mathbb R^2R2 is a measure α′\alpha'α′ with the same two marginals and the same conditional barycentres ∫y dαx(y)\int y\,d\alpha_x(y)∫ydαx​(y). For a set Γ⊆R2\Gamma\subseteq\mathbb R^2Γ⊆R2, Γx={y:(x,y)∈Γ}\Gamma_x=\{y:(x,y)\in\Gamma\}Γx​={y:(x,y)∈Γ} is its fibre over xxx.

This mission concerns costs of the form c(x,y)=h(y−x)c(x,y)=h(y-x)c(x,y)=h(y−x) with h:R→Rh:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rh:R→R twice continuously differentiable, and the hypothesis that affine functions meet h′h'h′ in at most kkk points: for all s,t∈Rs,t\in\mathbb Rs,t∈R, ∣{x:h′(x)=sx+t}∣≤k|\{x:h'(x)=sx+t\}|\le k∣{x:h′(x)=sx+t}∣≤k. For instance h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4 satisfies it with k=3k=3k=3.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 38)

Under the hypotheses above, with π\piπ an optimal martingale plan of finite cost, there is a disintegration (πx)x∈R(\pi_x)_{x\in\mathbb R}(πx​)x∈R​ of π\piπ such that for every x∈Rx\in\mathbb Rx∈R

μ({x})>0orcard⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k,\mu(\{x\})>0\qquad\text{or}\qquad\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le k,μ({x})>0orcard(sptπx​)≤k,

and if μ\muμ has no atoms, card⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le kcard(sptπx​)≤k holds μ\muμ-almost surely for every disintegration of π\piπ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1.11 (variational lemma, p. 8): an optimal plan of finite cost is concentrated on a Borel set Γ\GammaΓ such that no finitely supported α\alphaα with spt⁡α⊆Γ\operatorname{spt}\alpha\subseteq\Gammasptα⊆Γ has a strictly cheaper competitor.
  2. Lemma 3.2 (p. 19): if uncountably many fibres Γa\Gamma_aΓa​ have at least kkk points, some (a,b1<⋯<bk)(a,b_1<\dots<b_k)(a,b1​<⋯<bk​) is a limit of such configurations from the right and from the left.
  3. An interior point off the chord (proof of Theorem 7.1, p. 39): for b0<⋯<bkb_0<\dots<b_kb0​<⋯<bk​, some interior bib_ibi​ has h′(bi−a)h'(b_i-a)h′(bi​−a) off the chord of h′(⋅−a)h'(\cdot-a)h′(⋅−a) through b0,bkb_0,b_kb0​,bk​.
  4. The local sign (p. 39): near such (a,bi)(a,b_i)(a,bi​), the cost difference (17) − (18) of a three-point rerouting is nonzero with sign fixed by a−a′a-a'a−a′.
  5. Countably many exceptional points (pp. 38–39): on such a Γ\GammaΓ, only countably many continuity points xxx of μ\muμ have ∣Γx∣≥k+1|\Gamma_x|\ge k+1∣Γx​∣≥k+1.

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 7.1 converts a one-dimensional condition on h′h'h′ into a sparsity statement for every optimal martingale coupling: non-atoms of μ\muμ are sent to at most kkk points. For h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4 this gives at most three points, and Section 7.3 of the paper gives an example with continuous μ\muμ where the optimizer splits into more than two points, so for this cost the bound cannot be lowered to two. For costs where h′h'h′ is strictly convex (so k=2k=2k=2), it gives the two-point structure also enjoyed by the left-curtain coupling, which is optimal for those costs (Theorem 1.9). Such support bounds are what make the optimizers computable and the corresponding robust price bounds explicit.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is formalized. A formal proof requires machine-checked versions of the variational lemma (itself resting on a duality theorem of Kellerer type), the countability argument of Lemma 3.2, and the real-analysis estimate behind the three-point rerouting. Each of these is reusable: Lemma 1.11 drives every structural result of the paper, and Lemma 3.2 is used again for the left-monotonicity theorems.

Difficulty

The natural first attempt is to argue pointwise: if a fibre Γa\Gamma_aΓa​ has k+1k+1k+1 points, reroute mass within that fibre to lower the cost. This fails, because a competitor must preserve the barycentre of each fibre, and within a single fibre no rerouting both preserves the barycentre and the marginals. Any improvement must move mass between two different starting points aaa and a′a'a′, and this requires the two fibres to be close to each other and arranged consistently, which a single fibre cannot guarantee. Producing such pairs of fibres needs uncountably many exceptional points (Lemma 3.2) and the set Γ\GammaΓ of the variational lemma, whose existence is the deep part (it rests on a duality theorem for measures with given marginals). A second difficulty is that the conclusion is required at every non-atom xxx, not only almost everywhere, so the exceptional set must be controlled exactly.

Formalization scope

Lean represents measures with Mathlib's Measure ℝ and Measure (ℝ × ℝ). ΠM\Pi_MΠM​ is encoded through the test-function characterization ∫ρ(x)(y−x) dπ=0\int\rho(x)(y-x)\,d\pi=0∫ρ(x)(y−x)dπ=0 for bounded Borel ρ\rhoρ; costs are extended-real integrals ∫c+−∫c−∈[−∞,+∞]\int c^+-\int c^-\in[-\infty,+\infty]∫c+−∫c−∈[−∞,+∞] (the published ModelRiskOT.Duality.extIntegral); competitors of a finitely supported α=∑s∈Swsδs\alpha=\sum_{s\in S}w_s\delta_sα=∑s∈S​ws​δs​ are encoded through the same test-function device. A disintegration is a Markov kernel κ\kappaκ with π=μ⊗κ\pi=\mu\otimes\kappaπ=μ⊗κ, and card⁡(spt⁡πx)≤k\operatorname{card}(\operatorname{spt}\pi_x)\le kcard(sptπx​)≤k is written as "κ(x)\kappa(x)κ(x) is concentrated on a set of at most kkk points", which is equivalent for probability measures on R\mathbb RR. Cardinalities take values in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}; h′h'h′ is deriv h.

Standing and added hypotheses of the goal: μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν are probability measures in convex order; "optimal transport plan" means optimal martingale plan, as throughout Section 7; and, because the proof starts from Lemma 1.11, the hypotheses of that lemma are added: the sufficient integrability condition for ccc and finite cost of π\piπ. "Continuous μ\muμ" is μ({x})=0\mu(\{x\})=0μ({x})=0 for every xxx.

The conclusion is not trivialized: the first part holds for every xxx with a single chosen kernel, not almost everywhere, and the second part quantifies over all kernels, not one. The hypotheses are jointly satisfiable (for example h(t)=t4h(t)=t^4h(t)=t4, k=3k=3k=3, μ=ν=δ0\mu=\nu=\delta_0μ=ν=δ0​).

A complete development needs disintegration of measures on R2\mathbb R^2R2 (available in Mathlib as condKernel), the variational lemma with its duality ingredient, and elementary real analysis. Contributions to the variational lemma are reusable across the whole series of missions on this paper.

Selected references

  • M. Beiglböck, N. Juillet, On a problem of optimal transport under marginal martingale constraints, Ann. Probab. 44(1), 42–106, 2016. arXiv:1208.1509
  • M. Beiglböck, P. Henry-Labordère, F. Penkner, Model-independent bounds for option prices — a mass transport approach, Finance Stoch. 17, 477–501, 2013. doi:10.1007/s00780-013-0205-8
  • A. Galichon, P. Henry-Labordère, N. Touzi, A stochastic control approach to no-arbitrage bounds given marginals, with an application to lookback options, Ann. Appl. Probab. 24(1), 312–336, 2014. doi:10.1214/13-AAP925
  • M. Beiglböck, M. Goldstern, G. Maresch, W. Schachermayer, Optimal and better transport plans, J. Funct. Anal. 256(6), 1907–1927, 2009. doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2009.01.013
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing 2: With Type-Dependent Choice and IFR Page Views, the TRUNC Algorithm Earns at Least 1/3 of the Optimal RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

Online retailers, search engines and streaming services show products on a sequence of pages, and most consumers look at only the first few. Which products are seen therefore depends on where they are placed. Gallego, Li, Truong and Wang (Operations Research, 2020) call the problem of placing products on pages to maximize expected revenue product framing. They show that it is NP-hard even with two pages and the multinomial logit model, and they give simple algorithms with constant-factor guarantees.

This mission concerns their second guarantee. In their basic model every consumer chooses with the same choice model, whatever the number of pages she views. In practice the number of pages viewed is itself informative: consumers who browse many pages may be keener buyers. Section 6 of the paper lets the choice model depend on the number of pages viewed and proposes the TRUNC algorithm for this setting. The guarantee is that TRUNC earns at least one third of the optimal expected revenue.

Setting

There are nnn products with revenues ri≥0r_i\ge 0ri​≥0 and mmm virtual pages, each holding at most ppp products; write [k]={1,…,k}[k]=\{1,\dots,k\}[k]={1,…,k}. A framing places each product on at most one page, with at most ppp products per page. A consumer views a random number X∈[m]X\in[m]X∈[m] of pages, with law λ(x)=P[X=x]\lambda(x)=\mathbb P[X=x]λ(x)=P[X=x], tail Λ(x)=P[X≥x]\Lambda(x)=\mathbb P[X\ge x]Λ(x)=P[X≥x] and failure rate h(x)=λ(x)/Λ(x)h(x)=\lambda(x)/\Lambda(x)h(x)=λ(x)/Λ(x). Her consideration set is the set of products on pages 1,…,X1,\dots,X1,…,X.

A consumer who views xxx pages is of type xxx and buys product iii from consideration set SSS with probability Px(i,S)P_x(i,S)Px​(i,S), where Px(i,S)≥0P_x(i,S)\ge 0Px​(i,S)≥0, Px(i,S)=0P_x(i,S)=0Px​(i,S)=0 for i∉Si\notin Si∈/S, and ∑i∈SPx(i,S)≤1\sum_{i\in S}P_x(i,S)\le 1∑i∈S​Px​(i,S)≤1. The revenue of SSS for type xxx and the best capacitated revenue are

Rx(S)=∑i∈SriPx(i,S),U(x)=max⁡S⊆[n], ∣S∣≤xpRx(S).R_x(S)=\sum_{i\in S}r_iP_x(i,S),\qquad U(x)=\max_{S\subseteq[n],\ |S|\le xp}R_x(S).Rx​(S)=i∈S∑​ri​Px​(i,S),U(x)=S⊆[n], ∣S∣≤xpmax​Rx​(S).

A framing fff earns ∑x∈[m]λ(x)Rx(Cf(x))\sum_{x\in[m]}\lambda(x)R_x(C_f(x))∑x∈[m]​λ(x)Rx​(Cf​(x)), where Cf(x)C_f(x)Cf​(x) is the set of products on pages 1,…,x1,\dots,x1,…,x. Its maximum over all framings is VOPTV^{OPT}VOPT. The assumptions are:

  • B1: Rx(S)≤Ry(S)R_x(S)\le R_y(S)Rx​(S)≤Ry​(S) whenever x≤yx\le yx≤y and ∣S∣≤xp|S|\le xp∣S∣≤xp;
  • B2: U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x is nonincreasing in xxx;
  • B3: problem (9) defining UUU can be solved, here exactly;
  • B4: XXX has an increasing failure rate (IFR), i.e. hhh is nondecreasing (Shaked and Shanthikumar 2007).

TRUNC(yyy), for y∈[m]y\in[m]y∈[m], picks an optimal assortment S(y)S(y)S(y) for U(y)U(y)U(y) and places it, in any arrangement, on pages 1,…,y1,\dots,y1,…,y, leaving the remaining pages blank. TRUNC takes the best of these mmm framings; its revenue is VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC.

The analysis passes through the bound-revealing program (10): minimize max⁡x∈[m]U(x)Λ(x)\max_{x\in[m]}U(x)\Lambda(x)maxx∈[m]​U(x)Λ(x) over nondecreasing U≥0U\ge 0U≥0 with U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x nonincreasing and over tails 1=Λ(1)≥⋯≥Λ(m)≥01=\Lambda(1)\ge\cdots\ge\Lambda(m)\ge 01=Λ(1)≥⋯≥Λ(m)≥0 with Λ(x+1)Λ(x−1)≤Λ(x)2\Lambda(x+1)\Lambda(x-1)\le\Lambda(x)^2Λ(x+1)Λ(x−1)≤Λ(x)2, subject to ∑xλ(x)U(x)=1\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)=1∑x​λ(x)U(x)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

Under Assumptions B1–B4, for every choice of optimal assortments and every arrangement on the pages,

VTRUNC  ≥  13 VOPT.V^{TRUNC}\;\ge\;\frac13\,V^{OPT}.VTRUNC≥31​VOPT.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Upper bound (§6, p. 13): VOPT≤E[U(X)]=∑xλ(x)U(x)V^{OPT}\le\mathbf E[U(X)]=\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)VOPT≤E[U(X)]=∑x​λ(x)U(x).
  2. Lower bound (§6.1, p. 14): every run of TRUNC(yyy) earns at least U(y)Λ(y)U(y)\Lambda(y)U(y)Λ(y).
  3. Lemma 8: for an IFR tail with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, g(x)=xΛ(x)g(x)=x\Lambda(x)g(x)=xΛ(x) is weakly unimodal, and its largest maximizer is min⁡{x:h(x)>1/(x+1)}\min\{x: h(x)>1/(x+1)\}min{x:h(x)>1/(x+1)}.
  4. Proposition 5, Lemma 9, Proposition 6, Proposition 7: the structure of every optimal solution of (10) with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0. With yyy the largest maximizer of U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x):
    • U(x)/xU(x)/xU(x)/x is constant for x≥yx\ge yx≥y;
    • yyy also maximizes xΛ(x)x\Lambda(x)xΛ(x);
    • U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x) is constant for x≤yx\le yx≤y;
    • hhh is constant on [y,m−1][y,m-1][y,m−1].
  5. Value of (10) (A.4, p. 42): every feasible point of (10) has max⁡xU(x)Λ(x)≥1/3\max_xU(x)\Lambda(x)\ge 1/3maxx​U(x)Λ(x)≥1/3.

Significance

The theorem shows that framing under type-dependent choice admits a constant-factor approximation using only mmm calls to an assortment oracle, although the framing problem itself is NP-hard. The constant does not depend on the number of products, pages or page capacity. The bound-revealing program (10) is a self-contained extremal problem about log-concave tails and is reusable wherever a revenue curve with decreasing average returns meets an IFR horizon. The numerical value of (10) decreases with mmm (2/32/32/3 at m=2m=2m=2, about 0.360.360.36 at m=40m=40m=40), so the constant 1/31/31/3 is approached only as the number of pages grows.

The result is proved in the paper. No part of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform has no item on product framing, discrete failure rates or program (10). A complete development would give a machine-checked proof of the approximation ratio. It would also give a checked treatment of the perturbation arguments of Appendix A.4, which the paper presents briefly.

Difficulty

Two steps are elementary: the upper bound (a consumer of type xxx never sees more than xpxpxp products) and the lower bound (every consumer of type x≥yx\ge yx≥y sees all of S(y)S(y)S(y)).

The difficulty lies in the extremal problem (10). It is not convex: the IFR constraint is a log-concavity condition, and the objective is a maximum of products U(x)Λ(x)U(x)\Lambda(x)U(x)Λ(x). A direct bound such as max⁡xU(x)Λ(x)≥∑xλ(x)U(x)/m\max_xU(x)\Lambda(x)\ge\sum_x\lambda(x)U(x)/mmaxx​U(x)Λ(x)≥∑x​λ(x)U(x)/m gives a constant that decays with mmm. The uniform constant comes from showing that the extremal tail is geometric beyond the maximizing page and that the extremal UUU is pinned down on both sides of it. The paper reaches this structure through optimality conditions, so a formal proof must also establish that (10) attains its minimum, or must avoid that step.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n. Pages are the natural numbers 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m, as in the paper, with m≥1m\ge 1m≥1 and p≥1p\ge 1p≥1. A framing is f : Fin n → ℕ: product iii is on page f i when 1≤f(i)≤m1\le f(i)\le m1≤f(i)≤m, and f i = 0 means it is not displayed. The law λ\lambdaλ and the functions of (10) are functions on N\mathbb NN of which only the values on [m][m][m] are used, and Λ(m+1)=0\Lambda(m+1)=0Λ(m+1)=0.

VOPTV^{OPT}VOPT and UUU are maxima over finite nonempty families, and VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC is a Finset.sup' over y∈[m]y\in[m]y∈[m]. TRUNC is a predicate on its outputs, not a function, and the goal is quantified over every family of runs. Assumption B3 is used with ϵ=0\epsilon=0ϵ=0, as everywhere in the paper. IFR is required only where the failure rate is defined (Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0), so laws whose support ends before page mmm are allowed. Nonnegative revenues ri≥0r_i\ge 0ri​≥0 are assumed; the lower bound of milestone 2 needs them.

No trivializing reading. The goal is not stated for one particular filling heuristic, or for some run only, and VTRUNCV^{TRUNC}VTRUNC is the revenue of the framings themselves, not the lower bound U(y)Λ(y)U(y)\Lambda(y)U(y)Λ(y).

Page numbers refer to the authors' accepted manuscript of the Operations Research article, which differ from the journal typesetting. The development needs only Mathlib (finite sums and maxima over Finset). Program (10) and Lemma 8 are independent of the framing model. Contributions are welcome at every milestone: Lemma 8 and the bound for (10) are the most self-contained.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego, A. Li, V.-A. Truong, X. Wang, Approximation Algorithms for Product Framing and Pricing, Operations Research, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1875
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Riemannian Proximal Gradient Methods I: Every Accumulation Point of the Riemannian Proximal Gradient Method Is Stationary, with an Explicit Iteration BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer over a set that is a manifold rather than a vector space: sparse principal component analysis over the Stiefel manifold, sparse blind deconvolution over the sphere, low-rank recovery over fixed-rank matrices. In Euclidean space the standard tool for min⁡f+g\min f + gminf+g with fff smooth and ggg nonsmooth is the proximal gradient method, whose convergence theory (stationarity of limit points, an O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) bound on the number of iterations to reach an ϵ\epsilonϵ-small step, an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under convexity) is classical (Beck–Teboulle 2009).

Huang and Wei (arXiv:1909.06065, Mathematical Programming 2021) proposed the Riemannian proximal gradient method (RPG): at each iterate the proximal subproblem is posed on the tangent space, the nonsmooth term is pulled back through a retraction, and the next iterate is obtained by retracting the computed step. Unlike the earlier ManPG method of Chen, Ma, So and Zhang (2020), which uses the Euclidean proximal mapping of an embedding space, RPG is defined intrinsically on any manifold with a retraction. Its global convergence theorem is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a finite-dimensional manifold with a smooth Riemannian metric ⟨⋅,⋅⟩x\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_x⟨⋅,⋅⟩x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. A retraction is a smooth map R:TM→MR : T\mathcal M\to\mathcal MR:TM→M, (x,η)↦Rx(η)(x,\eta)\mapsto R_x(\eta)(x,η)↦Rx​(η), with Rx(0x)=xR_x(0_x) = xRx​(0x​)=x and DRx(0x)=idDR_x(0_x) = \mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. The vector transport by differentiated retraction is Tηx=DRx(ηx):TxM→TRx(ηx)M\mathcal T_{\eta_x} = DR_x(\eta_x) : T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(\eta_x)}\mathcal MTηx​​=DRx​(ηx​):Tx​M→TRx​(ηx​)​M; Tηx♯\mathcal T^\sharp_{\eta_x}Tηx​♯​ denotes its adjoint for the two metrics and Tηx−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}Tηx​−♯​ the adjoint of its inverse.

The problem is

min⁡x∈MF(x)=f(x)+g(x),\min_{x\in\mathcal M} F(x) = f(x) + g(x),x∈Mmin​F(x)=f(x)+g(x),

with fff continuously differentiable, Riemannian gradient grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf, and ggg continuous, possibly nonsmooth. For h:M→Rh : \mathcal M\to\mathbb Rh:M→R the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential is defined through the pull-back h^x=h∘Rx\hat h_x = h\circ R_xh^x​=h∘Rx​ on the Hilbert space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M:

h^x∘(η;v)=lim sup⁡ξ→η, t↓0h^x(ξ+tv)−h^x(ξ)t,∂h(x)={ζ∈TxM∣⟨ζ,v⟩x≤h^x∘(0x;v) ∀v}.\hat h_x^\circ(\eta; v) = \limsup_{\xi\to\eta,\ t\downarrow 0}\frac{\hat h_x(\xi+tv)-\hat h_x(\xi)}{t},\qquad \partial h(x) = \{\zeta\in T_x\mathcal M \mid \langle\zeta,v\rangle_x\le\hat h_x^\circ(0_x;v)\ \forall v\}.h^x∘​(η;v)=ξ→η, t↓0limsup​th^x​(ξ+tv)−h^x​(ξ)​,∂h(x)={ζ∈Tx​M∣⟨ζ,v⟩x​≤h^x∘​(0x​;v) ∀v}.

A point xxx is stationary if 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x).

Algorithm 1 (RPG). Given x0x_0x0​ and a constant L~>L\tilde L > LL~>L, for k=0,1,…k = 0,1,\dotsk=0,1,… let

ℓxk(η)=⟨grad⁡f(xk),η⟩xk+L~2∥η∥xk2+g(Rxk(η)),\ell_{x_k}(\eta) = \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x_k),\eta\rangle_{x_k} + \frac{\tilde L}{2}\|\eta\|_{x_k}^2 + g(R_{x_k}(\eta)),ℓxk​​(η)=⟨gradf(xk​),η⟩xk​​+2L~​∥η∥xk​2​+g(Rxk​​(η)),

choose ηxk∗∈TxkM\eta^*_{x_k}\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mηxk​∗​∈Txk​​M that is a stationary point of ℓxk\ell_{x_k}ℓxk​​ with ℓxk(0)≥ℓxk(ηxk∗)\ell_{x_k}(0)\ge\ell_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})ℓxk​​(0)≥ℓxk​​(ηxk​∗​) (condition (3.1)), and set xk+1=Rxk(ηxk∗)x_{k+1} = R_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})xk+1​=Rxk​​(ηxk​∗​).

Assumption 3.1. FFF is bounded below and Ωx0={x∣F(x)≤F(x0)}\Omega_{x_0} = \{x \mid F(x)\le F(x_0)\}Ωx0​​={x∣F(x)≤F(x0​)} is compact. Assumption 3.2. fff is LLL-retraction-smooth on Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​: f(Rx(η))≤f(x)+⟨grad⁡f(x),η⟩x+L2∥η∥x2f(R_x(\eta))\le f(x) + \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x),\eta\rangle_x + \frac L2\|\eta\|_x^2f(Rx​(η))≤f(x)+⟨gradf(x),η⟩x​+2L​∥η∥x2​ (inequality (3.2)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For every run of Algorithm 1: if ηxk∗=0\eta^*_{x_k} = 0ηxk​∗​=0 then xkx_kxk​ is stationary. Under Assumptions 3.1 and 3.2, {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} has an accumulation point, every accumulation point x∗x_*x∗​ is stationary, and for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 some iterate with index at most

F(x0)−F(x∗)βϵ2,β=L~−L2,\frac{F(x_0)-F(x_*)}{\beta\epsilon^2},\qquad\beta = \frac{\tilde L - L}{2},βϵ2F(x0​)−F(x∗​)​,β=2L~−L​,

satisfies ∥ηxk∗∥xk≤ϵ\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}\le\epsilon∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​≤ϵ.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 3.1 (descent): F(xk)−F(xk+1)≥β∥ηxk∗∥xk2F(x_k) - F(x_{k+1})\ge\beta\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}^2F(xk​)−F(xk+1​)≥β∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​2​.
  • (3.6): lim⁡k∥ηxk∗∥xk=0\lim_k\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k} = 0limk​∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​=0.
  • Lemma 3.2: for a continuous vector field ξ\xiξ, ∥ξy−Tηx−♯ξx∥y→0\|\xi_y - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}\xi_x\|_y\to 0∥ξy​−Tηx​−♯​ξx​∥y​→0 as ηx→0\eta_x\to 0ηx​→0 on the tangent bundle, y=Rx(ηx)y = R_x(\eta_x)y=Rx​(ηx​).
  • (3.8): at every iteration some ζ∈∂g(xk+1)\zeta\in\partial g(x_{k+1})ζ∈∂g(xk+1​) satisfies grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗+TRηxk∗♯ζ=0\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}+\mathcal T^\sharp_{R_{\eta^*_{x_k}}}\zeta = 0gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​+TRηxk​∗​​♯​ζ=0.
  • (3.9): where the transport is invertible, grad⁡f(xk+1)−T−♯(grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗)=grad⁡f(xk+1)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1)\operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1}) - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}(\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}) = \operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1})+\zeta\in\partial F(x_{k+1})gradf(xk+1​)−T−♯(gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​)=gradf(xk+1​)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1​).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 is the basic convergence guarantee of RPG: the method is a descent method without any convexity of ggg, its limit points satisfy the first-order necessary condition 0∈∂F0\in\partial F0∈∂F, and the number of iterations needed to make the step small is explicit, with the same O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) dependence as in the Euclidean case. It underlies the further analyses of the same paper (the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under retraction convexity and the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz analysis) and of later Riemannian proximal methods.

The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it requires a Clarke subdifferential on tangent spaces, its calculus (sum rule with a C1C^1C1 function, chain rule through a local diffeomorphism) and its closedness along convergent sequences on a manifold. None of these is in Mathlib. They are reusable well beyond this paper by any Riemannian nonsmooth optimization method.

Difficulty

The descent inequality and the iteration bound are elementary once Lemma 3.1 is available. The difficulty is the stationarity of accumulation points. The subproblem's optimality condition (3.8) lives in the tangent space at xkx_kxk​ and involves a subgradient of ggg at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​; to pass to the limit, the gradients and subgradients must be compared across different tangent spaces, which is what the inverse-adjoint transport and Lemma 3.2 do. This needs joint continuity of the retraction and its differential on the tangent bundle and continuity of the metric, and then a closedness property of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential that the paper cites from Hosseini, Huang and Yousefpour (2018, Theorem 2.2(c)) and that a complete development must prove. A pointwise argument at a fixed base point does not suffice, because the base points xkjx_{k_j}xkj​​ move.

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and pages are those of arXiv:1909.06065v4. The manifold is modelled on a finite-dimensional real inner-product space EEE and carries a RiemannianBundle with a smooth metric (IsContMDiffRiemannianBundle). Retraction, differentiated-retraction transport and Riemannian gradient are the published definitions RiemOpt.BFGS.Setting and RiemOpt.FR.Setting; joint smoothness of RRR on the tangent bundle is added, as on p. 4. The Clarke limit superior is taken in EReal along N(η)×N>0(0)\mathcal N(\eta)\times\mathcal N_{>0}(0)N(η)×N>0​(0), so it never takes a default value. Accumulation points are MapClusterPt, and "in at most NNN iterations" is an index k≤Nk\le Nk≤N. A run of Algorithm 1 is any sequence of iterates and steps satisfying (3.1); the step is a selection, not a function of the iterate.

Two hypotheses are explicit in the Lean statements. Each pull-back g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ is locally Lipschitz, which p. 5 requires for the subdifferential to be defined. fff is C1C^1C1, because the proof applies Lemma 3.2 to grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf. Assumption 3.2 is stated in the form the proof of Lemma 3.1 uses: (3.2) at every x∈Ωx0x\in\Omega_{x_0}x∈Ωx0​​ for every tangent vector. Definition 3.1 read literally only constrains η\etaη with Rx(η)∈Ωx0R_x(\eta)\in\Omega_{x_0}Rx​(η)∈Ωx0​​, and under that reading Lemma 3.1 fails: a nonconvex ggg can send x1x_1x1​ far outside Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​. The paper's own sufficient condition gives the strengthened form.

The formalization must not trivialize stationarity. The subdifferential is defined from the Clarke derivative of the pull-back alone. It does not involve T−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}T−♯ or ContinuousLinearMap.inverse, so 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x) is a genuine condition. The run hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on M=R\mathcal M = \mathbb RM=R with Rx(η)=x+ηR_x(\eta) = x+\etaRx​(η)=x+η, f(x)=x2f(x) = x^2f(x)=x2, g=0g = 0g=0, xk=0x_k = 0xk​=0, ηk=0\eta_k = 0ηk​=0.

Welcome contributions: the Clarke calculus on a real Hilbert space (sum rule, chain rule through a C1C^1C1 map, upper semicontinuity), local invertibility of DRx(η)DR_x(\eta)DRx​(η) near the zero section, and the closedness of the Riemannian subdifferential on the tangent bundle.

Selected references

  • W. Huang, K. Wei, Riemannian proximal gradient methods, Mathematical Programming, 2021. arXiv:1909.06065v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.06065, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01632-3
  • S. Hosseini, W. Huang, R. Yousefpour, Line search algorithms for locally Lipschitz functions on Riemannian manifolds, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(1):596–619, 2018 (reference [29] of Huang–Wei; source of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential and of its closedness, Theorem 2.2(c)). https://epubs.siam.org/toc/sjope8/28/1
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM Journal on Optimization 30 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1137/18M122457X
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM Journal on Imaging Sciences 2 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 4: Constant-Step Adam Iterates Converge in Probability to the ODE Solution as γ → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015, arXiv:1412.6980) is one of the most widely used optimizers for training neural networks. It is a stochastic gradient method that keeps exponential moving averages of the stochastic gradients and of their coordinatewise squares, rescales both by bias-correction factors, and divides the first by the square root of the second. Its original convergence analysis was shown to be flawed (Reddi, Kale and Kumar, 2018, arXiv:1904.09237), and in the regime in which practitioners actually run it, with a constant step size, the iterates do not converge.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021) describe what constant-step Adam does instead: as the step size γ\gammaγ tends to zero, with the averaging parameters tending to one at rates proportional to γ\gammaγ, the interpolated iterates follow a deterministic non-autonomous ordinary differential equation. This mission formalizes that statement, Theorem 4.3 of the paper, together with the lemmas of its proof (§8.1).

Setting

Let Z=Rd×Rd×Rd\mathcal Z = \mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^dZ=Rd×Rd×Rd with points z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v), and Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ its subset with v≥0v\ge0v≥0 coordinatewise. A random sample ξ\xiξ with law μ\muμ on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ enters through an integrand f(x,ξ)f(x,\xi)f(x,ξ) with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x,\xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx. The objective is F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x)=\mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) and the second-moment map is S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x)=\mathbb E\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2.

Given a step size γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, parameters α=αˉ(γ)\alpha=\bar\alpha(\gamma)α=αˉ(γ), β=βˉ(γ)\beta=\bar\beta(\gamma)β=βˉ​(γ) in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the Adam map Tγ,α,β(n,z,ξ)T_{\gamma,\alpha,\beta}(n,z,\xi)Tγ,α,β​(n,z,ξ) sends (x,m,v)(x,m,v)(x,m,v) to

(x−γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),\Big(x-\frac{\gamma(1-\alpha^n)^{-1}(\alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi))}{\varepsilon+(1-\beta^n)^{-1/2}(\beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2})^{1/2}},\ \alpha m+(1-\alpha)\nabla f(x,\xi),\ \beta v+(1-\beta)\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}\Big),(x−ε+(1−βn)−1/2(βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2)1/2γ(1−αn)−1(αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ))​, αm+(1−α)∇f(x,ξ), βv+(1−β)∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),

coordinatewise. The constant-step iterates are z0γ=(x0,0,0)z^\gamma_0=(x_0,0,0)z0γ​=(x0​,0,0) and znγ=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ(γ)(n,zn−1γ,ξn)z^\gamma_n=T_{\gamma,\bar\alpha(\gamma),\bar\beta(\gamma)}(n,z^\gamma_{n-1},\xi_n)znγ​=Tγ,αˉ(γ),βˉ​(γ)​(n,zn−1γ​,ξn​), driven by iid samples ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… with law μ\muμ. The interpolated process zγ\mathsf z^\gammazγ is the piecewise linear function with zγ(nγ)=znγ\mathsf z^\gamma(n\gamma)=z^\gamma_nzγ(nγ)=znγ​.

The parameters satisfy (1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma))/\gamma\to a>0(1−αˉ(γ))/γ→a>0 and (1−βˉ(γ))/γ→b>0(1-\bar\beta(\gamma))/\gamma\to b>0(1−βˉ​(γ))/γ→b>0 as γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0, with b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a. The limiting Adam ODE is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t)=h(t,z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)), z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0)=(x_0,0,0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0), where for t>0t>0t>0

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).h(t,z)=\Big(-\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1}m}{\varepsilon+\sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}v}},\ a(\nabla F(x)-m),\ b(S(x)-v)\Big).h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).

The vector field is singular at t=0t=0t=0. A global solution is a continuous map z:[0,∞)→Z+z:[0,\infty)\to\mathcal Z_+z:[0,∞)→Z+​, continuously differentiable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), that satisfies the equation for every t>0t>0t>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

Under the paper's assumptions (Assumptions 2.2 to 2.5, 4.1, and 4.2 ii) with p=2p=2p=2),

∀T>0, ∀δ>0,lim⁡γ↓0P(sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,\forall T>0,\ \forall\delta>0,\qquad \lim_{\gamma\downarrow0}\mathbb P\Big(\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\mathsf z^\gamma(t)-z(t)\|>\delta\Big)=0,∀T>0, ∀δ>0,γ↓0lim​P(t∈[0,T]sup​∥zγ(t)−z(t)∥>δ)=0,

where zzz is the global solution of the Adam ODE from (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0).

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  • Lemma 8.1. A uniform (1+s)(1+s)(1+s)-moment bound for the normalised increment Hγ(n+1,z,ξ)H_\gamma(n+1,z,\xi)Hγ​(n+1,z,ξ) over states whose debiased version eγ(n,z)e_\gamma(n,z)eγ​(n,z) lies in a ball.
  • Lemma 8.2. Uniform integrability of the increments of the truncated iterates zγ,Rz^{\gamma,R}zγ,R, which are stopped when the debiased iterate leaves the ball of radius RRR.
  • Lemma 8.3. Tightness of the truncated interpolated processes zγ,R\mathsf z^{\gamma,R}zγ,R in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z), and vanishing in probability of the accumulated martingale noise.
  • Proposition 7.6. The debiased trajectories eˉ(t+η,z(t))\bar e(t+\eta,z(t))eˉ(t+η,z(t)) of the ODE stay in one compact set, and F(x(t))≤F(x0)F(x(t))\le F(x_0)F(x(t))≤F(x0​).
  • Lemma 8.4. The mean field hγ(φn,zn)h_\gamma(\varphi_n,z_n)hγ​(φn​,zn​) converges to h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) when γφn→t\gamma\varphi_n\to tγφn​→t.
  • Proposition 7.12. The ODE has exactly one global solution.
  • Eq. (8.4). For R≥R0+1R\ge R_0+1R≥R0​+1, with R0=sup⁡t>0∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥R_0=\sup_{t>0}\|\bar e(t,z(t))\|R0​=supt>0​∥eˉ(t,z(t))∥, the truncated process converges in probability to zzz, uniformly on [0,T][0,T][0,T].

Significance

The theorem justifies the continuous-time model of Adam that the rest of the paper studies. The convergence of the ODE to critical points of FFF (Theorem 3.2) and its rates (Theorem 3.4) say something about the algorithm only through this approximation. It also isolates the role of the bias correction: the initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) and the singular factors (1−e−at)−1(1-e^{-at})^{-1}(1−e−at)−1 are exactly the trace of the debiasing step. The result is also the first step towards the long-run statement, Theorem 4.5, which bounds the time the iterates spend away from the critical points as γ→0\gamma\to0γ→0.

The result is proved on paper. To the knowledge of the mission, none of it is machine-checked: there is no formal statement of Adam's dynamics on Prove2Me. A complete development would give a checked instance of the ODE method for a non-autonomous, non-Lipschitz limit field and a non-homogeneous Markov chain. The surrounding stochastic-approximation library (truncation by stopping, uniform integrability, tightness of interpolated processes, identification of limits by uniqueness) applies to other adaptive methods, such as RMSProp and AdaGrad variants, whose limits have the same structure.

Difficulty

The standard argument for constant-step stochastic approximation assumes a time-homogeneous mean field that is locally Lipschitz. Neither holds here. The mean field hγ(n,z)h_\gamma(n,z)hγ​(n,z) depends on the iteration index through the bias-correction factors (1−αˉ(γ)n)−1(1-\bar\alpha(\gamma)^n)^{-1}(1−αˉ(γ)n)−1. Its limit h(t,z)h(t,z)h(t,z) blows up as t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0, and it is not Lipschitz in vvv near v=0v=0v=0. A direct Gronwall comparison between the iterates and the ODE therefore fails at the origin of time, which is exactly where the iterates start.

The iterates are also not known to be bounded. Moment bounds are only available while the debiased iterate stays in a ball. This forces the truncation BRB_RBR​ and an argument that the truncation is asymptotically never triggered. That argument needs uniform-in-time bounds on the ODE solution (Proposition 7.6) and uniqueness of the solution (Proposition 7.12), and both rest on a Lyapunov function specific to the case b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and norm. Z\mathcal ZZ is E d × E d × E d with E d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The paper's ∥z∥\|z\|∥z∥ is the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d, written zNorm, not Mathlib's max norm on products.
  • Randomness. The probability space is explicit, with a probability measure P\mathbb PP. Independence of (ξn+1)n(\xi_{n+1})_n(ξn+1​)n​ is stated with iIndepFun. Every ξn\xi_nξn​ with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 has law μ\muμ, and ξ0\xi_0ξ0​ is unused.
  • Gradient. ∇f\nabla f∇f is a given function, measurable in ξ\xiξ, that equals the gradient of f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) for μ\muμ-almost every ξ\xiξ.
  • Expectations. Moments, the supremum in Lemma 8.1 and the uniform-integrability expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. FFF, SSS and hγh_\gammahγ​ are Bochner integrals, which the hypotheses make integrable.
  • Solutions of the ODE. Solutions are maps R→Z\mathbb R\to\mathcal ZR→Z constrained only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and uniqueness means agreement on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The deterministic Propositions 7.6 and 7.12 are stated for any FFF, SSS satisfying the paper's §7 hypotheses.
  • Limit and supremum. The limit is γ↓0\gamma\downarrow0γ↓0 (𝓝[>] 0). The event sup⁡t∈[0,T]∥⋅∥>δ\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\|\cdot\|>\deltasupt∈[0,T]​∥⋅∥>δ is written as ∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ\exists t\in[0,T],\ \|\cdot\|>\delta∃t∈[0,T], ∥⋅∥>δ, which is the same event.
  • Tightness. Tightness uses the paper's definition with the compact-open topology on C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z).
  • Corrections. Two corrections to the page are recorded in the items. Lemma 8.1 restricts its n=0n=0n=0 case to m=0m=0m=0, because as printed that case is false. Lemma 8.4 states the implicit regime γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. TTT and δ\deltaδ are universally quantified before the limit and do not depend on γ\gammaγ. The limit is in γ\gammaγ, not in nnn at fixed γ\gammaγ; constant-step Adam does not converge in nnn. The solution zzz is tied to the FFF, SSS, aaa, bbb of the stochastic model. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for example by f(x,ξ)=12∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩f(x,\xi)=\tfrac12\|x\|^2+\xi\langle\mathbf 1,x\ranglef(x,ξ)=21​∥x∥2+ξ⟨1,x⟩ with ξ=±1\xi=\pm1ξ=±1 equiprobable.

A complete development needs:

  • the deterministic ODE theory of the companion missions (Lyapunov function, boundedness, uniqueness);
  • moment and uniform-integrability bounds;
  • a tightness criterion in C([0,∞),Z)C([0,\infty),\mathcal Z)C([0,∞),Z) (Arzelà–Ascoli);
  • Prokhorov's and Skorokhod's theorems, or a direct substitute;
  • dominated convergence for hγh_\gammahγ​.

Contributions to any of these, including reusable statements about interpolated processes, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat and P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • D. P. Kingma and J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale and S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • P. Bianchi, W. Hachem and A. Salim, Constant step stochastic approximations involving differential inclusions: stability, long-run convergence and applications, Stochastics 91, 2019, pp. 288–320 (reference [6] of the paper; its Lemma 6.2 gives Lemma 8.3). https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.07981
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Chance-Constrained Programs with Right-Hand Side Uncertainty under Wasserstein Ambiguity: The Reduced Quantile-Strengthened MIP (20) Is an Exact Reformulation of DR-CCPResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance-constrained program chooses a decision xxx so that a random vector ξ\xiξ falls outside a decision-dependent safety set S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x) with probability at most ϵ\epsilonϵ. Chance constraints are a standard model for reliability requirements in power systems, supply chains and transportation, where a plan must survive random demand or supply with high probability. In practice the distribution of ξ\xiξ is known only through samples ξ1,…,ξN\xi_1, \dots, \xi_Nξ1​,…,ξN​, and the sample average approximation (SAA) that replaces it by the empirical distribution PN\mathbb P_NPN​ is sensitive to the particular sample.

Distributionally robust chance constraints regularize SAA by requiring the probability bound for every distribution within Wasserstein distance θ\thetaθ of PN\mathbb P_NPN​. Chen, Kuhn and Wiesemann (arXiv:1809.00210) and Xie (doi:10.1007/s10107-019-01445-5) showed that, for safety sets defined by linear inequalities, the resulting program (DR-CCP) is a mixed-integer linear program with a big-M constant. These big-M formulations are hard for solvers to close when θ\thetaθ is small. Ho-Nguyen, Kılınç-Karzan, Küçükyavuz and Lee (doi:10.1007/s10107-020-01605-y) connect the formulation to the mixing sets of SAA and to robust 0–1 programming, and derive a smaller and tighter formulation that is still exact.

Setting

The random vector lives in RK\mathbb R^KRK with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥; in the formalization it is a finite-dimensional real normed space EEE. The dual norm of a linear functional bbb is ∥b∥∗=sup⁡∥ξ∥≤1b⊤ξ\|b\|_* = \sup_{\|\xi\| \le 1} b^\top \xi∥b∥∗​=sup∥ξ∥≤1​b⊤ξ. The decision xxx ranges over a set X⊆RL\mathcal X \subseteq \mathbb R^LX⊆RL.

The 1-Wasserstein distance between distributions P,P′\mathbb P, \mathbb P'P,P′ is the infimum of E∥ξ−ξ′∥\mathbb E\|\xi - \xi'\|E∥ξ−ξ′∥ over couplings of P\mathbb PP and P′\mathbb P'P′. The ambiguity set FN(θ)\mathcal F_N(\theta)FN​(θ) is the set of distributions within distance θ\thetaθ of PN=1N∑iδξi\mathbb P_N = \frac1N \sum_{i} \delta_{\xi_i}PN​=N1​∑i​δξi​​. The feasible region of (DR-CCP) is

XDR(S)={x∈X:sup⁡P∈FN(θ)P[ξ∉S(x)]≤ϵ}.\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \Big\{x \in \mathcal X : \sup_{\mathbb P \in \mathcal F_N(\theta)} \mathbb P[\xi \notin \mathcal S(x)] \le \epsilon\Big\}.XDR​(S)={x∈X:P∈FN​(θ)sup​P[ξ∈/S(x)]≤ϵ}.

Throughout, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 are fixed.

The paper studies joint chance constraints with right-hand side uncertainty: for p∈[P]p \in [P]p∈[P] there are ap∈RLa_p \in \mathbb R^Lap​∈RL, bpb_pbp​ and dp∈Rd_p \in \mathbb Rdp​∈R, and

S(x)={ξ:bp⊤ξ+dp−ap⊤x>0, p∈[P]}.\mathcal S(x) = \{\xi : b_p^\top \xi + d_p - a_p^\top x > 0,\ p \in [P]\}.S(x)={ξ:bp⊤​ξ+dp​−ap⊤​x>0, p∈[P]}.

Write gi,p(x)=(bp⊤ξi+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗g_{i,p}(x) = (b_p^\top\xi_i + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_*gi,p​(x)=(bp⊤​ξi​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​ and k=⌊ϵN⌋k = \lfloor \epsilon N \rfloork=⌊ϵN⌋. Let qpq_pqp​ be the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th largest value among {−bp⊤ξi}i∈[N]\{-b_p^\top\xi_i\}_{i\in[N]}{−bp⊤​ξi​}i∈[N]​, and let [N]p={i:−bp⊤ξi>qp}[N]_p = \{i : -b_p^\top \xi_i > q_p\}[N]p​={i:−bp⊤​ξi​>qp​}.

The big-M formulation (5) of Chen et al. uses binaries z∈{0,1}Nz \in \{0,1\}^Nz∈{0,1}N, slacks r≥0r \ge 0r≥0 and a scalar t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 with

ϵt≥θ+1N∑iri,M(1−zi)≥t−ri,gi,p(x)+Mzi≥t−ri.\epsilon t \ge \theta + \tfrac1N \textstyle\sum_i r_i,\qquad M(1 - z_i) \ge t - r_i,\qquad g_{i,p}(x) + M z_i \ge t - r_i.ϵt≥θ+N1​∑i​ri​,M(1−zi​)≥t−ri​,gi,p​(x)+Mzi​≥t−ri​.

The paper's improved formulation (20) keeps the first two families, adds the knapsack constraint ∑izi≤k\sum_i z_i \le k∑i​zi​≤k, replaces MMM in the third family by hi,p=(−bp⊤ξi−qp)/∥bp∥∗h_{i,p} = (-b_p^\top\xi_i - q_p)/\|b_p\|_*hi,p​=(−bp⊤​ξi​−qp​)/∥bp​∥∗​, imposes it only for i∈[N]pi \in [N]_pi∈[N]p​, and adds (−qp+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗≥t(-q_p + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_* \ge t(−qp​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​≥t for every ppp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 655)

XDR(S)={x∈X:∃ (z,r,t) satisfying (20b)–(20d)}.\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \{x \in \mathcal X : \exists\,(z, r, t) \text{ satisfying (20b)–(20d)}\}.XDR​(S)={x∈X:∃(z,r,t) satisfying (20b)–(20d)}.

The goal states equality of feasible sets of xxx. Because the objective c⊤xc^\top xc⊤x depends on xxx alone, this is the paper's "exact reformulation".

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (4b), p. 646: dist⁡(ξ,S(x))=max⁡{0,min⁡p(bp⊤ξ+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗}\operatorname{dist}(\xi, \mathcal S(x)) = \max\{0, \min_p (b_p^\top\xi + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_*\}dist(ξ,S(x))=max{0,minp​(bp⊤​ξ+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​}, where dist⁡(ξ,S)=inf⁡{∥ξ−ξ′∥:ξ′∉S}\operatorname{dist}(\xi, \mathcal S) = \inf\{\|\xi - \xi'\| : \xi' \notin \mathcal S\}dist(ξ,S)=inf{∥ξ−ξ′∥:ξ′∈/S} is (1).
  2. (3), p. 645: for open S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x), XDR(S)\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)XDR​(S) is the set of x∈Xx \in \mathcal Xx∈X admitting t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, r≥0r \ge 0r≥0 with dist⁡(ξi,S(x))≥t−ri\operatorname{dist}(\xi_i, \mathcal S(x)) \ge t - r_idist(ξi​,S(x))≥t−ri​ and ϵt≥θ+1N∑iri\epsilon t \ge \theta + \frac1N\sum_i r_iϵt≥θ+N1​∑i​ri​.
  3. (6), p. 646: XDR(S)={x∈X:(5b)–(5e)}\mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S) = \{x \in \mathcal X : \text{(5b)–(5e)}\}XDR​(S)={x∈X:(5b)–(5e)}.
  4. Theorem 1, p. 648: adding ∑izi≤k\sum_i z_i \le k∑i​zi​≤k and gi,p(x)+Mzi≥0g_{i,p}(x) + M z_i \ge 0gi,p​(x)+Mzi​≥0 to (5) keeps it exact.
  5. Theorem 2, p. 651: replacing MMM in (5e) by hi,ph_{i,p}hi,p​, with the knapsack constraint, keeps it exact.
  6. Lemma 1, p. 653: for x∈XDR(S)x \in \mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)x∈XDR​(S), ttt may be taken equal to the (k+1)(k+1)(k+1)-th smallest of the distances dist⁡(ξi,S(x))\operatorname{dist}(\xi_i, \mathcal S(x))dist(ξi​,S(x)).
  7. Proposition 1, p. 654: for x∈XDR(S)x \in \mathcal X_{\mathrm{DR}}(\mathcal S)x∈XDR​(S), some solution of (17) also satisfies (−qp+dp−ap⊤x)/∥bp∥∗−t≥0(-q_p + d_p - a_p^\top x)/\|b_p\|_* - t \ge 0(−qp​+dp​−ap⊤​x)/∥bp​∥∗​−t≥0 for every ppp.

Milestones 2 and 3 are results of Chen, Kuhn and Wiesemann that this paper cites and uses, not results it proves.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that the scenario-wise big-M rows of the Wasserstein chance constraint can be replaced by at most ⌊ϵN⌋\lfloor\epsilon N\rfloor⌊ϵN⌋ rows per ppp, with coefficients computed from the data. Remark 2 of the paper counts at least ((1−ϵ)N−1)P((1-\epsilon)N - 1)P((1−ϵ)N−1)P fewer rows than (17). The reduced form exposes a robust 0–1 substructure, and the paper adapts Atamtürk's valid inequalities for it. Its computational study reports order-of-magnitude speed-ups on stochastic transportation problems.

The results are proved on paper; none is machine-checked. The formalization would give a verified chain from the Wasserstein worst-case probability to a finite mixed-integer system. Milestone (3), the dual reformulation, is reusable for any distributionally robust chance constraint over a 1-Wasserstein ball around an empirical distribution, and (4b) for any polyhedral safety set. A second formalization layer would verify the order-statistic arguments (Lemma 1, Proposition 1) used throughout the quantile-strengthening literature.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts — Theorems 1–3 given (3) and (4b) — are finite case analyses on zi∈{0,1}z_i \in \{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}, but each step relies on order statistics of the sample with ties. Lemma 1 rests on the paper's "without loss of generality, sort the distances", and a formal proof must handle ties and the floor ⌊ϵN⌋\lfloor\epsilon N\rfloor⌊ϵN⌋ exactly. The paper's proof of Theorem 2 argues "at optimality"; for a statement about feasible sets that argument has to be replaced by an explicit choice of zzz.

The hard step is (3). It exchanges a supremum over all Borel probability measures in a Wasserstein ball for a scalar system. The naive attempt, which perturbs PN\mathbb P_NPN​ by moving mass from the samples to the nearest unsafe points, proves only one inclusion. The other needs strong duality for worst-case probabilities over transport balls, together with attainment of the dual infimum, which uses θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.

Formalization scope

  • The ξ-space is a type E with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [NormedSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E] and its Borel σ-algebra. The norm is arbitrary, not the sup norm of Fin K → ℝ.
  • Each bpb_pbp​ is a continuous linear functional (StrongDual ℝ E), so ∥bp∥∗\|b_p\|_*∥bp​∥∗​ is its operator norm.
  • Decisions are Fin L → ℝ, with ap⊤xa_p^\top xap⊤​x written a p ⬝ᵥ x. Indices are 0-based.
  • The worst-case probability is the published ModelRiskOT.WorstProb.worstProb with cost ∥u−v∥\|u - v\|∥u−v∥, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], around the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.empiricalDistribution.
  • The distance (1) is Metric.infDist.
  • Binaries are reals with zi∈{0,1}z_i \in \{0,1\}zi​∈{0,1}.
  • Order statistics sort the multiset of values, so ties count with multiplicity.

Standing assumptions and pins in every statement:

  • N≥1N \ge 1N≥1, ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon \in (0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 (p. 645);
  • P≥1P \ge 1P≥1 and bp≠0b_p \neq 0bp​=0, which (4) needs;
  • for every statement involving MMM, one bound ∣bp⊤ξi+dp−ap⊤x∣/∥bp∥∗≤M|b_p^\top\xi_i + d_p - a_p^\top x|/\|b_p\|_* \le M∣bp⊤​ξi​+dp​−ap⊤​x∣/∥bp​∥∗​≤M over x∈Xx \in \mathcal Xx∈X and all i,pi, pi,p. This is Remark 1's (10), taken uniform in iii. It replaces the compactness of X\mathcal XX assumed on p. 642, which is not assumed;
  • for the general-S\mathcal SS milestone (3), S(x)\mathcal S(x)S(x) open with nonempty complement.

In (17b), the printed "(5b)–(5d) and (5c)" is read as "(5b)–(5d) and (8c)", following the proof of Theorem 2 and (20b).

Several trivializing formalizations are ruled out:

  • an empty or degenerate ball: N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 makes PN\mathbb P_NPN​ a probability measure inside its own ball;
  • a junk distance: the unsafe set is nonempty under the pins, so infDist never sees the empty set;
  • a junk order statistic: the rank kkk is below NNN;
  • a fixed norm;
  • a relaxation of zzz to [0,1][0,1][0,1], which is a different theorem.

Welcome contributions:

  • the 1-Wasserstein duality for indicator losses on empirical distributions;
  • order-statistic lemmas for the multiset sort;
  • the distance from a point to the complement of an open polyhedron in a normed space.

Selected references

  • N. Ho-Nguyen, F. Kılınç-Karzan, S. Küçükyavuz, D. Lee, Distributionally robust chance-constrained programs with right-hand side uncertainty under Wasserstein ambiguity, Mathematical Programming Ser. B 196 (2022) 641–672. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01605-y
  • Z. Chen, D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, Data-driven chance constrained programs over Wasserstein balls, Operations Research (2024); preprint 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.00210
  • W. Xie, On distributionally robust chance constrained programs with Wasserstein distance, Mathematical Programming 186 (2021) 115–155. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-019-01445-5
  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, Quantifying distributional model risk via optimal transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44 (2019) 565–600. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2018.0936
  • A. Atamtürk, Strong formulations of robust mixed 0–1 programming, Mathematical Programming 108 (2006) 235–250. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0709-5
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Transport-Based Distributionally Robust Optimization: Structural Properties and Iterative Schemes 5: Worst-Case Displacements √δ G_δ Grow Monotonically in δ Along Straight LinesResearch Paper

Why radius sensitivity matters

A distributionally robust decision evaluates a rule against every data distribution within a specified transport budget of a baseline law. The budget is a modeling choice: increasing it expresses more uncertainty about the data. A robust objective value can increase with that budget, but the value alone does not describe how the adverse distribution changes. For a fixed linear decision, Blanchet, Murthy, and Zhang identify the worst-case distribution and ask what happens to each observation as the budget increases. Their Theorem 7 gives a sample-wise answer in a small-radius regime: adverse observations move along straight lines, and their distance from the original observations grows monotonically.

This matters when a robust solution is interpreted through its adverse scenarios. The result says that two nearby ambiguity budgets do not produce unrelated worst-case data sets. They produce a coherent family of transported observations whose directions are determined by the sign of the loss derivative. The theorem is a structural property of an optimal-transport ambiguity set, beyond a bound on its optimal value. It appears in a paper that also develops dual formulas and iterative optimization schemes for the same model Blanchet, Murthy, and Zhang, 2022.

Model and notation

Let XXX take values in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with baseline law P0P_0P0​. A decision β\betaβ belongs to a convex set B⊆RdB\subseteq\mathbb R^dB⊆Rd and incurs loss ℓ(β⊤X)\ell(\beta^\top X)ℓ(β⊤X). At each source point xxx, a positive-definite matrix A(x)A(x)A(x) defines the transport cost

c(x,x′)=(x−x′)⊤A(x)(x−x′).c(x,x')=(x-x')^\top A(x)(x-x').c(x,x′)=(x−x′)⊤A(x)(x−x′).

The matrix may depend on xxx, so movement can be cheaper in different directions and at different observations. The model requires lower semicontinuity of ccc and almost-sure lower and upper spectral bounds for A(x)A(x)A(x). A distribution PPP is within the ambiguity ball of radius δ>0\delta>0δ>0 when it can be coupled with P0P_0P0​ at expected cost at most δ\deltaδ. The worst-case objective is the supremum of EP[ℓ(β⊤X)]E_P[\ell(\beta^\top X)]EP​[ℓ(β⊤X)] over that ball. In Lean, the equivalent coupling formulation records a joint law π\piπ with first marginal P0P_0P0​, second marginal PPP, and cost at most δ\deltaδ.

The paper reduces the worst-case calculation to a dual objective fδ(β,λ)f_\delta(\beta,\lambda)fδ​(β,λ), where λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0 prices the transport budget. Its pointwise term ℓrob(β,λ;x)\ell_{\rm rob}(\beta,\lambda;x)ℓrob​(β,λ;x) is the supremum over a scalar γ\gammaγ of the function F(γ,β,λ;x)F(\gamma,\beta,\lambda;x)F(γ,β,λ;x) in display (7). The set of maximizing scalars is Γ∗(β,λ;x)\Gamma^*(\beta,\lambda;x)Γ∗(β,λ;x). A scalar maximizer Gδ(x)G_\delta(x)Gδ​(x) produces a transported observation

Xδ∗=x+δ Gδ(x)A(x)−1β.X^*_\delta=x+\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta(x)A(x)^{-1}\beta.Xδ∗​=x+δ​Gδ​(x)A(x)−1β.

Assumptions 2–4 require a convex loss with controlled growth, a fourth moment of P0P_0P0​, bounded second derivatives of the loss, a nondegenerate loss derivative, and compactness of BBB. The statement here also uses Assumption 5, local strong convexity with a positive-probability nondegeneracy condition. The paper’s proof of Theorem 7 uses that condition through its small-radius strong-convexity result Theorems 4 and 7.

Formalization targets

For each fixed β∈B∖{0}\beta\in B\setminus\{0\}β∈B∖{0}, the goal asserts that there is a common threshold δ1>0\delta_1>0δ1​>0 and a family GδG_\deltaGδ​ such that the law of Xδ∗X^*_\deltaXδ∗​ is the unique worst-case distribution for every 0<δ<δ10<\delta<\delta_10<δ<δ1​. For any pair 0<δ<δ′<δ10<\delta<\delta'<\delta_10<δ<δ′<δ1​, it asserts, P0P_0P0​-almost surely,

0<δ Gδ<δ′ Gδ′if ℓ′(β⊤X)>0,δ′ Gδ′<δ Gδ<0if ℓ′(β⊤X)<0,Gδ=0if ℓ′(β⊤X)=0.\begin{aligned} 0&<\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta<\sqrt{\delta'}\,G_{\delta'} &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)>0,\\ \sqrt{\delta'}\,G_{\delta'}&<\sqrt\delta\,G_\delta<0 &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)<0,\\ G_\delta&=0 &&\text{if }\ell'(\beta^\top X)=0. \end{aligned}0δ′​Gδ′​Gδ​​<δ​Gδ​<δ′​Gδ′​<δ​Gδ​<0=0​​if ℓ′(β⊤X)>0,if ℓ′(β⊤X)<0,if ℓ′(β⊤X)=0.​

Consequently,

∥Xδ∗−X∥≤∥Xδ′∗−X∥.\|X^*_\delta-X\|\le\|X^*_{\delta'}-X\|.∥Xδ∗​−X∥≤∥Xδ′∗​−X∥.

The goal keeps the uniqueness and primal attainment clauses together with these comparisons. The milestones follow the paper’s prerequisites: the optimizer and curvature bounds of Proposition 9, the unique worst-case law of Theorem 6(e), uniqueness of the dual minimizer at small radius, and the sign of the pointwise maximizer. Each has its own statement so solvers can use it elsewhere.

What the result establishes

The theorem gives a consistent interpretation of changes in the ambiguity radius. If the loss increases locally in the decision direction, an adverse observation moves farther in that direction; if the loss decreases, it moves farther in the opposite direction; at a stationary score it stays put. The corresponding displacement norm is monotone for each radius pair, almost surely. This is stronger than monotonicity of the worst-case objective value: it describes the geometry of a family of optimizers, not only their values.

The paper proves the result in §5.4. The work of this mission is to formalize its hypotheses, optimality claims, and sample-wise inequalities in Lean. The published ModelRiskOT.Duality coupling definitions already give a reusable primal interface; this mission adds the state-dependent quadratic cost, the scalar dual model, its small-radius regions, and the comparative-statics statements. The proof obligations remain open in this draft. Their formalization would also make the dual optimizer bounds and the deterministic transport representation reusable in later optimal-transport DRO developments.

Where the mathematical difficulty sits

The worst-case value being monotone in δ\deltaδ does not force a particular worst-case distribution, or each observation in one, to move monotonically. The theorem needs a unique worst-case law and a coherent choice of pointwise maximizers as δ\deltaδ varies. The scalar maximizer depends on both the radius and the dual price, while the optimal dual price itself changes with the radius. The paper’s small-radius conditions keep this joint variation controlled. Without uniqueness, two optimal laws could differ even at the same radius, and a sample-wise comparison would have no fixed object to compare.

The result also involves several layers of almost-sure reasoning. Spectral bounds on A(x)A(x)A(x) hold only outside a null set; the relevant maximizer and its transported law must be measurable enough to define pushforwards and expectations. These conditions must be carried through the theorem without silently replacing an almost-sure claim by a pointwise one.

Formalization scope

Vectors use EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and the baseline is a Borel probability measure. The decision set is convex and compact and is explicitly nonempty. Assumption 1 gives positive definiteness of A(x)A(x)A(x) everywhere, lower semicontinuity of the cost, and almost-sure uniform spectral bounds. The loss satisfies Assumptions 2–5. The fourth moment in Assumption 2 and the bounds on ℓ′′\ell''ℓ′′ control the integrals used by the dual theory. A positive ambiguity radius is required whenever its square root appears.

The dual terms ℓrob\ell_{\rm rob}ℓrob​ and fδf_\deltafδ​ use extended-real values, since the pointwise supremum can be infinite. The worst-case value is a supremum over feasible couplings, with signed loss integrated using the published extended-real integral. A graph coupling witnesses attainment, and every optimal coupling must have the same second marginal. This ties the family GδG_\deltaGδ​ to the actual worst-case distribution rather than an arbitrary monotone scalar field. Almost-everywhere measurability of GδG_\deltaGδ​ and the transport map is part of the conclusion.

The radius δ\deltaδ varies inside the goal. The threshold δ1\delta_1δ1​ is chosen before any radius pair, and the comparisons are stated almost surely for each pair. The paper prints Theorem 7 under Assumptions 1–4 while referring to δ1\delta_1δ1​ and invoking Theorem 4, which uses Assumption 5; this mission includes Assumption 5 explicitly. It also reads the singleton clause of Theorem 6(e) almost surely, because its threshold is an essential supremum, and uses a non-strict lower curvature bound in Proposition 9(b), as its proof permits. Contributions on the small-radius dual theory, measurable maximizers, primal attainment, and the radius comparisons are all within scope.

Selected references

  • J. Blanchet, K. Murthy, and F. Zhang, Optimal Transport-Based Distributionally Robust Optimization: Structural Properties and Iterative Schemes, Mathematics of Operations Research 47(2), 2022. arXiv:1810.02403v3.
  • J. Blanchet and K. Murthy, Quantifying Distributional Model Risk via Optimal Transport, Mathematics of Operations Research 44(2), 2019. arXiv:1604.01446v2.
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Captain: mikedeng1

A Unified Convergence Analysis of Block Successive Minimization Methods for Nonsmooth Optimization I: Every Limit Point of the SUM Algorithm Is a Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many algorithms in signal processing, statistics and machine learning share one template: replace a hard objective fff by a simpler function u(⋅,y)u(\cdot,y)u(⋅,y) that lies above fff and touches it at the current point yyy, minimise that surrogate, and repeat. The expectation–maximisation (EM) algorithm, difference-of-convex (DC) programming, proximal minimisation and many majorisation–minimisation schemes are of this form. Razaviyayn, Hong and Luo (arXiv:1209.2385; SIAM J. Optim. 23 (2013) 1126–1153) call the single-block version Successive Upper-bound Minimization (SUM) and give a short set of conditions on the surrogate under which every limit point of the iterates is a stationary point, without convexity or smoothness of fff.

Their single-block result, Theorem 1, is the base case of the paper. The block versions (BSUM, and block successive convex approximation with Armijo steps) are the subjects of the next two missions in this series. Earlier convergence results for related schemes were weaker: the inner approximation algorithm of Marks and Wright (1978), cited on p. 5–6 of the paper, guarantees stationarity only if the whole sequence converges, and only for smooth objectives.

Setting

Let X⊆Rm\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^mX⊆Rm be a closed convex set and f:Rm→Rf:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:Rm→R an objective whose relevant values are those on X\mathcal XX (the paper assumes dom⁡f=X\operatorname{dom} f=\mathcal Xdomf=X). The problem is

min⁡x f(x)s.t.x∈X.(2)\min_x\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x\in\mathcal X. \tag{2}xmin​ f(x)s.t.x∈X.(2)

The directional derivative of a function hhh at xxx in direction ddd is the lower limit

h′(x;d)=lim inf⁡λ↓0h(x+λd)−h(x)λ,h'(x;d)=\liminf_{\lambda\downarrow 0}\frac{h(x+\lambda d)-h(x)}{\lambda},h′(x;d)=λ↓0liminf​λh(x+λd)−h(x)​,

an extended real number. A point zzz is a stationary point of (2) if z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X and f′(z;d)≥0f'(z;d)\ge 0f′(z;d)≥0 for every ddd with z+d∈Xz+d\in\mathcal Xz+d∈X; the set of stationary points is X∗\mathcal X^*X∗.

An approximation function u:Rm×Rm→Ru:\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Ru:Rm×Rm→R satisfies Assumption 1 if

  • (A1) u(y,y)=f(y)u(y,y)=f(y)u(y,y)=f(y) for all y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X;
  • (A2) u(x,y)≥f(x)u(x,y)\ge f(x)u(x,y)≥f(x) for all x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X;
  • (A3) u′(x,y;d)∣x=y=f′(y;d)u'(x,y;d)\big|_{x=y}=f'(y;d)u′(x,y;d)​x=y​=f′(y;d) for all y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X and all ddd with y+d∈Xy+d\in\mathcal Xy+d∈X, the derivative being taken in the first argument only;
  • (A4) uuu is continuous in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y).

The SUM algorithm starts from x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X and, for r=0,1,2,…r=0,1,2,\dotsr=0,1,2,…, sets xr+1x^{r+1}xr+1 to an arbitrary element of arg⁡min⁡x∈Xu(x,xr)\arg\min_{x\in\mathcal X}u(x,x^r)argminx∈X​u(x,xr). A limit point of the iterates is the limit of some subsequence xrjx^{r_j}xrj​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 7)

Under Assumption 1, every limit point zzz of the iterates generated by the SUM algorithm is a stationary point of (2):

z∈Xandf′(z;d)≥0∀ d∈Rm with z+d∈X.z\in\mathcal X\quad\text{and}\quad f'(z;d)\ge 0\qquad\forall\, d\in\mathbb R^m\text{ with } z+d\in\mathcal X .z∈Xandf′(z;d)≥0∀d∈Rm with z+d∈X.

The theorem asserts nothing about existence of limit points or of minimisers of the subproblems; it holds for every run the algorithm can produce.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1, pp. 7–8)

  1. Descent, (10)–(11): f(xr+1)≤u(xr+1,xr)≤u(xr,xr)=f(xr)f(x^{r+1})\le u(x^{r+1},x^r)\le u(x^r,x^r)=f(x^r)f(xr+1)≤u(xr+1,xr)≤u(xr,xr)=f(xr) for all rrr, hence f(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯f(x^0)\ge f(x^1)\ge\cdotsf(x0)≥f(x1)≥⋯.
  2. Limit minimality: a limit point zzz lies in X\mathcal XX and u(z,z)≤u(x,z)u(z,z)\le u(x,z)u(z,z)≤u(x,z) for all x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X.
  3. First-order condition: if z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X minimises u(⋅,z)u(\cdot,z)u(⋅,z) over X\mathcal XX then u′(x,z;d)∣x=z≥0u'(x,z;d)\big|_{x=z}\ge 0u′(x,z;d)​x=z​≥0 for all ddd with z+d∈Xz+d\in\mathcal Xz+d∈X.

Companion statements

  • Corollary 1 (p. 8): if the level set X0={x∣f(x)≤f(x0)}\mathcal X^0=\{x\mid f(x)\le f(x^0)\}X0={x∣f(x)≤f(x0)} is compact, then lim⁡r→∞d(xr,X∗)=0\lim_{r\to\infty} d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)=0limr→∞​d(xr,X∗)=0.
  • Proposition 1 (p. 6): if f=f0+f1f=f_0+f_1f=f0​+f1​ with f0f_0f0​ continuously differentiable and f1f_1f1​ directionally differentiable on X\mathcal XX, and u=u0+f1u=u_0+f_1u=u0​+f1​ with u0u_0u0​ continuously differentiable, u0(y,y)=f0(y)u_0(y,y)=f_0(y)u0​(y,y)=f0​(y) and u0(x,y)≥f0(x)u_0(x,y)\ge f_0(x)u0​(x,y)≥f0​(x) on X\mathcal XX, then (A1)–(A3) hold.

Significance

Theorem 1 reduces the convergence analysis of an entire family of algorithms to checking four properties of a surrogate. Proposition 1 makes (A3) checkable in the common composite case "smooth plus nonsmooth": majorise only the smooth part and keep the nonsmooth part unchanged. Corollary 1 turns the limit-point statement into convergence of the whole sequence to the stationary set when the level set is compact. The block-coordinate results of the same paper (Theorems 2–4) reuse the structure of this argument block by block.

The results are proved on paper; to our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply a reusable account of extended-real lower directional derivatives on convex sets, the first-order necessary condition for constrained minimisers in that generality, and the limit-point argument for descent methods with a continuous surrogate, all of which recur in the analysis of block coordinate and majorisation–minimisation methods.

Difficulty

The argument is short, and the difficulty lies in its precise use of the hypotheses. The surrogate inequality must be passed to the limit along a subsequence, and only joint continuity of uuu (A4) on X×X\mathcal X\times\mathcal XX×X allows this: fff itself is not assumed continuous, so the natural first idea of passing f(xrj)f(x^{r_j})f(xrj​) to the limit is not available. The derivative is a liminf in the extended reals, so it may be ±∞\pm\infty±∞, and the comparison between uuu and fff is made only through (A3) at the single point x=yx=yx=y and only in feasible directions. For Proposition 1, (4)–(5) give only a one-sided inequality between the derivatives of u0(⋅,y)u_0(\cdot,y)u0​(⋅,y) and f0f_0f0​ at yyy, because yyy may lie on the boundary of X\mathcal XX; equality needs an argument at interior points of a feasible segment and the continuity of the derivatives.

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m) (the 2-norm of p. 4). The directional derivative is the published TsengBCD.Stationary.dirDeriv (Tseng 2001), an EReal-valued liminf over λ↓0\lambda\downarrow 0λ↓0, used as a reference item. The definitions module BSUMConv.SUM.Setting provides IsStationaryOn, stationarySet, AssumptionA1–AssumptionA4, Assumption1, the run predicate IsSUMRun and the level set levelSet0.

Conventions committed to:

  • fff and uuu are real functions on the whole space; the page's dom⁡f=X\operatorname{dom} f=\mathcal Xdomf=X is reflected by testing only feasible directions and by intersecting the level set X0\mathcal X^0X0 with X\mathcal XX.
  • (A4) is continuity of uuu on X×X\mathcal X\times\mathcal XX×X, the only domain on which the page uses uuu.
  • A SUM run is a predicate on sequences: x0∈Xx^0\in\mathcal Xx0∈X and each xr+1x^{r+1}xr+1 is some minimiser of u(⋅,xr)u(\cdot,x^r)u(⋅,xr) over X\mathcal XX. Existence of minimisers is not assumed.
  • "Limit point" is a cluster point of the sequence (MapClusterPt), not the limit of a convergent sequence.
  • lim⁡rd(xr,X∗)=0\lim_r d(x^r,\mathcal X^*)=0limr​d(xr,X∗)=0 is stated as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, eventually some stationary point is within ε\varepsilonε of xrx^rxr", which avoids a distance to a possibly empty set.
  • In Proposition 1, "continuously differentiable" means C1C^1C1 on the whole space (jointly in (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) for u0u_0u0​), and "the directional derivative of f1f_1f1​ exists at every point x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X" means a finite one-sided limit in every feasible direction.
  • Closedness and convexity of X\mathcal XX, standing assumptions of (2), are hypotheses of Theorem 1, Corollary 1 and Proposition 1; the milestones carry only the ones their step uses.
  • The text of (10) attributes step (i) to (A1) and the final equality to (A2) and writes xt+1x^{t+1}xt+1; the formal statements use the hypotheses where they are actually needed.

The statements cannot be trivialised: Assumption 1 is satisfiable (for instance by the proximal surrogate u(x,y)=f(x)+12c∥x−y∥2u(x,y)=f(x)+\tfrac1{2c}\|x-y\|^2u(x,y)=f(x)+2c1​∥x−y∥2 of §VIII-B for suitable fff), stationarity is a genuine condition (it fails for ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥ at any x≠0x\neq 0x=0 on Rm\mathbb R^mRm), and Theorem 1 is about every cluster point, not about runs assumed convergent. Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones, of Theorem 1 from them, and of the two companion statements; general lemmas about dirDeriv (constants, sums with a function having a finite one-sided derivative, first-order conditions on convex sets) are reusable across this series.

Selected references

  • M. Razaviyayn, M. Hong, Z.-Q. Luo, A unified convergence analysis of block successive minimization methods for nonsmooth optimization, arXiv:1209.2385v1, 2012; SIAM J. Optim. 23(2) (2013) 1126–1153. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.2385 , https://doi.org/10.1137/120891009
  • P. Tseng, Convergence of a block coordinate descent method for nondifferentiable minimization, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 109 (2001) 475–494. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017501703105
  • B. R. Marks, G. P. Wright, A general inner approximation algorithm for nonconvex mathematical programs, Oper. Res. 26(4) (1978) 681–683. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.4.681
  • A. P. Dempster, N. M. Laird, D. B. Rubin, Maximum likelihood from incomplete data via the EM algorithm, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 39 (1977) 1–38. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1977.tb01600.x
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningNumerical AnalysisOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Optimal Transport VIII: Sinkhorn's Scalings Contract by λ(K)² per Iteration in Hilbert's Projective MetricTextbook

Why Sinkhorn's algorithm needs a convergence rate

Sinkhorn's algorithm is the standard method for computing entropically regularized optimal transport between two histograms. It is used throughout machine learning, statistics, imaging and graphics because each iteration is two matrix–vector products followed by entrywise divisions, which parallelize on GPUs and differentiate easily. The same iteration, under the names matrix scaling, RAS or iterative proportional fitting, has been used since the 1930s in transportation planning, economics and contingency-table analysis. Whether the iteration converges, and how fast, determines how many iterations a practitioner must run and which stopping criteria are reliable.

This mission formalizes the global convergence analysis of Sinkhorn's algorithm as presented in Chapter 4 (§4.2, Remarks 4.12–4.14) of G. Peyré and M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport (2019).

Timeline. Sinkhorn (1964) proved that a positive matrix can be scaled to be doubly stochastic, and Sinkhorn and Knopp (1967) extended this to prescribed marginals. Birkhoff (1957) and Samelson (1957) independently showed that a positive linear map is a strict contraction of the positive cone for Hilbert's projective metric, with an explicit ratio. Franklin and Lorenz (1989) combined the two to prove that Sinkhorn's scalings converge linearly in Hilbert's metric at rate λ(K)2\lambda(K)^2λ(K)2. Linial, Samorodnitsky and Wigderson (1998) related the iteration to the permanent.

Setting

Fix n,m≥1n, m \ge 1n,m≥1, a matrix K∈Rn×mK \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times m}K∈Rn×m with positive entries (in the book, the Gibbs kernel Ki,j=e−Ci,j/εK_{i,j} = e^{-C_{i,j}/\varepsilon}Ki,j​=e−Ci,j​/ε), and vectors a∈Rna \in \mathbb{R}^na∈Rn, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm with positive entries. Products ⊙\odot⊙ and quotients of vectors are entrywise. The regularized transport plan has the form P=diag(u)Kdiag(v)P = \mathrm{diag}(u)K\mathrm{diag}(v)P=diag(u)Kdiag(v), where the scalings u,vu, vu,v solve

u⊙(Kv)=a,v⊙(K⊤u)=b.(4.14)u \odot (Kv) = a, \qquad v \odot (K^\top u) = b. \tag{4.14}u⊙(Kv)=a,v⊙(K⊤u)=b.(4.14)

Sinkhorn's algorithm alternately enforces each equation:

v(0)=1m,u(ℓ+1)=aKv(ℓ),v(ℓ+1)=bK⊤u(ℓ+1).(4.15)v^{(0)} = \mathbb{1}_m,\qquad u^{(\ell+1)} = \frac{a}{Kv^{(\ell)}},\qquad v^{(\ell+1)} = \frac{b}{K^\top u^{(\ell+1)}}. \tag{4.15}v(0)=1m​,u(ℓ+1)=Kv(ℓ)a​,v(ℓ+1)=K⊤u(ℓ+1)b​.(4.15)

For vectors with positive entries, Hilbert's projective metric is

dH(u,u′)=log⁡max⁡i,juiuj′ujui′,d_{\mathcal H}(u,u') = \log\max_{i,j}\frac{u_i u'_j}{u_j u'_i},dH​(u,u′)=logi,jmax​uj​ui′​ui​uj′​​,

which vanishes exactly when uuu and u′u'u′ are proportional, and equals the variation seminorm ∥log⁡u−log⁡u′∥var\|\log u - \log u'\|_{\mathrm{var}}∥logu−logu′∥var​ with ∥f∥var=max⁡ifi−min⁡ifi\|f\|_{\mathrm{var}} = \max_i f_i - \min_i f_i∥f∥var​=maxi​fi​−mini​fi​. Birkhoff's constants of KKK are

η(K)=max⁡i,j,k,ℓKi,kKj,ℓKj,kKi,ℓ,λ(K)=η(K)−1η(K)+1.\eta(K) = \max_{i,j,k,\ell}\frac{K_{i,k}K_{j,\ell}}{K_{j,k}K_{i,\ell}},\qquad \lambda(K) = \frac{\sqrt{\eta(K)}-1}{\sqrt{\eta(K)}+1}.η(K)=i,j,k,ℓmax​Kj,k​Ki,ℓ​Ki,k​Kj,ℓ​​,λ(K)=η(K)​+1η(K)​−1​.

Write P(ℓ)=diag(u(ℓ))Kdiag(v(ℓ))P^{(\ell)} = \mathrm{diag}(u^{(\ell)})K\mathrm{diag}(v^{(\ell)})P(ℓ)=diag(u(ℓ))Kdiag(v(ℓ)) and P⋆=diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆)P^\star = \mathrm{diag}(u^\star)K\mathrm{diag}(v^\star)P⋆=diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆) for a positive solution (u⋆,v⋆)(u^\star, v^\star)(u⋆,v⋆) of (4.14).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (Franklin–Lorenz)

For every ℓ\ellℓ,

dH(v(ℓ),v⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ dH(v(0),v⋆),dH(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ+1 dH(v(0),v⋆),d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)}, v^\star) \le \lambda(K)^{2\ell}\, d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(0)}, v^\star),\qquad d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell+1)}, u^\star) \le \lambda(K)^{2\ell+1}\, d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(0)}, v^\star),dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓdH​(v(0),v⋆),dH​(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)2ℓ+1dH​(v(0),v⋆),

so both distances tend to 000; for ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1ℓ≥1,

dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH(P(ℓ)1m,a)1−λ(K)2,max⁡i,j∣log⁡Pi,j(ℓ)−log⁡Pi,j⋆∣≤dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)+dH(v(ℓ),v⋆),d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)}, u^\star) \le \frac{d_{\mathcal H}(P^{(\ell)}\mathbb{1}_m, a)}{1-\lambda(K)^2},\qquad \max_{i,j}\big|\log P^{(\ell)}_{i,j} - \log P^\star_{i,j}\big| \le d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star) + d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)},v^\star),dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤1−λ(K)2dH​(P(ℓ)1m​,a)​,i,jmax​​logPi,j(ℓ)​−logPi,j⋆​​≤dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)+dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆),

and for ℓ≥0\ell \ge 0ℓ≥0 the mirrored bound for v(ℓ)v^{(\ell)}v(ℓ) with the half-step coupling diag(u(ℓ+1))Kdiag(v(ℓ))\mathrm{diag}(u^{(\ell+1)})K\mathrm{diag}(v^{(\ell)})diag(u(ℓ+1))Kdiag(v(ℓ)). The book writes the rate as O(λ(K)2ℓ)O(\lambda(K)^{2\ell})O(λ(K)2ℓ); the constants stated are those its proof yields.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. (4.21): dH(u,u′)=∥log⁡u−log⁡u′∥vard_{\mathcal H}(u,u') = \|\log u - \log u'\|_{\mathrm{var}}dH​(u,u′)=∥logu−logu′∥var​.
  2. Remark 4.12: dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ is a distance on rays (triangle inequality; zero exactly on proportional vectors).
  3. Invariances: dH(v,v′)=dH(v/v′,1)=dH(1/v,1/v′)d_{\mathcal H}(v,v') = d_{\mathcal H}(v/v',\mathbb{1}) = d_{\mathcal H}(\mathbb{1}/v,\mathbb{1}/v')dH​(v,v′)=dH​(v/v′,1)=dH​(1/v,1/v′) and invariance under positive diagonal scaling.
  4. Theorem 4.1 (Birkhoff–Hopf): dH(Kv,Kv′)≤λ(K) dH(v,v′)d_{\mathcal H}(Kv,Kv') \le \lambda(K)\,d_{\mathcal H}(v,v')dH​(Kv,Kv′)≤λ(K)dH​(v,v′) and λ(K)<1\lambda(K) < 1λ(K)<1.
  5. One half-step contracts by λ(K)\lambda(K)λ(K): dH(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K) dH(v(ℓ),v⋆)d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell+1)},u^\star) \le \lambda(K)\,d_{\mathcal H}(v^{(\ell)},v^\star)dH​(u(ℓ+1),u⋆)≤λ(K)dH​(v(ℓ),v⋆), and the vvv-analogue.
  6. The display behind (4.23): dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH(a,u(ℓ)⊙Kv(ℓ))+λ(K)2dH(u(ℓ),u⋆)d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star) \le d_{\mathcal H}(a, u^{(\ell)}\odot Kv^{(\ell)}) + \lambda(K)^2 d_{\mathcal H}(u^{(\ell)},u^\star)dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆)≤dH​(a,u(ℓ)⊙Kv(ℓ))+λ(K)2dH​(u(ℓ),u⋆), and its mirror.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.2 gives a global linear rate that holds from the first iteration, independent of the starting point, with a ratio computable from KKK alone. Through (4.21) the rate transfers to the dual potentials εlog⁡u(ℓ)\varepsilon\log u^{(\ell)}εlogu(ℓ), and the bounds (4.23) turn the marginal violations P(ℓ)1mP^{(\ell)}\mathbb{1}_mP(ℓ)1m​ versus aaa — which are computed anyway — into certified stopping criteria. Theorem 4.1 alone also yields a quantitative Perron–Frobenius theorem (Remark 4.13).

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved in the literature (Birkhoff 1957; Franklin–Lorenz 1989); Theorem 4.1 is quoted by the book without proof. To our knowledge neither Hilbert's projective metric on the positive cone, the Birkhoff–Hopf theorem, nor the convergence rate of Sinkhorn's algorithm has a machine-checked proof in Mathlib. The mission produces a reusable development of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ and Birkhoff's contraction theorem, and a certified rate and stopping rule for the most widely used optimal-transport solver.

Difficulty

Milestones 1–3 and 5–6 are finite manipulations of maxima of ratios. The central difficulty is Theorem 4.1. The obvious argument — bound (Kv)i/(Kv′)i(Kv)_i/(Kv')_i(Kv)i​/(Kv′)i​ entrywise by max⁡kvk/vk′\max_k v_k/v'_kmaxk​vk​/vk′​ — only shows that KKK is non-expansive (λ≤1\lambda \le 1λ≤1); it loses the strict contraction entirely. The sharp ratio (η−1)/(η+1)(\sqrt{\eta}-1)/(\sqrt{\eta}+1)(η​−1)/(η​+1) depends on how KKK acts on the two vectors jointly, which the entrywise argument does not see. The book quotes the theorem without proof, so the argument has to be supplied from Birkhoff's original paper or later expositions.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace CompOT.Sinkhorn. Indices are 000-based (Fin n, Fin m); vectors are functions Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin m) ℝ, and ⊙\odot⊙ and /// are the pointwise operations on functions. dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​, η\etaη and ∥⋅∥var\|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{var}}∥⋅∥var​ use real iSup/iInf over the finite index sets. Every theorem assumes 0<n0 < n0<n, 0<m0 < m0<m and positive entries for KKK, aaa, bbb and every vector passed to dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​, which excludes Lean's junk values for division by zero and logarithms of non-positive numbers. Sinkhorn's algorithm is a run predicate (IsSinkhornRun) stating the recursion (4.15) with v(0)=1mv^{(0)} = \mathbb{1}_mv(0)=1m​; u(0)u^{(0)}u(0) is not an iterate and is unconstrained. The solution (u⋆,v⋆)(u^\star, v^\star)(u⋆,v⋆) is any positive solution of (4.14), taken as a hypothesis (it exists iff ∑iai=∑jbj\sum_i a_i = \sum_j b_j∑i​ai​=∑j​bj​); the book's histograms are probability vectors, but only positivity is used. P⋆P^\starP⋆ in (4.24) is diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆)\mathrm{diag}(u^\star)K\mathrm{diag}(v^\star)diag(u⋆)Kdiag(v⋆), the solution of the regularized problem (4.2) by Proposition 4.3.

Deviations from the print, all disclosed in the items: the O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) of (4.22) is replaced by the proof's explicit constants; the limit (u(ℓ),v(ℓ))→(u⋆,v⋆)(u^{(\ell)}, v^{(\ell)}) \to (u^\star, v^\star)(u(ℓ),v(ℓ))→(u⋆,v⋆) is stated as dH→0d_{\mathcal H} \to 0dH​→0, since scalings are determined only up to (ru,v/r)(ru, v/r)(ru,v/r); the second inequality of (4.23) is false as printed (its right side is 000 for ℓ≥1\ell \ge 1ℓ≥1) and is stated with the half-step coupling the mirrored proof gives.

A definition of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ without the logarithm, or as a maximum of single-entry ratios, would make the statements different theorems; the definition here is the book's, and (4.21) is a milestone checking it against the variation seminorm. A run predicate not tied to KKK, aaa, bbb, or an unsatisfiable one, is ruled out: the predicate is the recursion itself and is inhabited for every KKK, aaa, bbb.

Contributions welcome: the metric properties of dHd_{\mathcal H}dH​ (reusable for Perron–Frobenius and nonlinear consensus), a proof of the Birkhoff–Hopf theorem, and positivity lemmas for Sinkhorn iterates.

Selected references

  • G. Peyré, M. Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 11(5–6):355–607, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000073 (§4.2, pp. 431–443)
  • J. Franklin, J. Lorenz, On the scaling of multidimensional matrices, Linear Algebra and its Applications 114/115:717–735, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(89)90490-4
  • G. Birkhoff, Extensions of Jentzsch's theorem, Transactions of the AMS 85(1):219–227, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1957-0087058-6
  • H. Samelson, On the Perron–Frobenius theorem, Michigan Mathematical Journal 4(1):57–59, 1957. https://doi.org/10.1307/mmj/1028990177
  • R. Sinkhorn, A relationship between arbitrary positive matrices and doubly stochastic matrices, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 35(2):876–879, 1964. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177703591
  • N. Linial, A. Samorodnitsky, A. Wigderson, A deterministic strongly polynomial algorithm for matrix scaling and approximate permanents, STOC 1998. https://doi.org/10.1145/276698.276880
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Direct Extension of ADMM for Multi-block Convex Minimization Problems is Not Necessarily Convergent III: With a Strongly Convex Objective and β = 1 the Extended ADMM Can Still DivergeResearch Paper

Motivation

The alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM) is a standard method for convex problems whose objective splits into two blocks coupled by a linear constraint (Gabay & Mercier 1976; Boyd et al. 2011). Many models in imaging, statistics and sparse or low-rank recovery have three or more blocks, and the scheme practitioners reach for first is the direct extension of ADMM: minimize the augmented Lagrangian over each block in turn, then update the multiplier. For years it was unknown whether this scheme converges in general.

Chen, He, Ye and Yuan (Math. Program., 2016) settled the question negatively: on a three-variable linear system with zero objective, the direct extension diverges for every penalty parameter (their Theorem 3.1). Their Section 4.1 then asks whether strong convexity of the objective rescues convergence. Han and Yuan (J. Optim. Theory Appl., 2012) had proved convergence for strongly convex objectives under a restriction on the penalty parameter determined by the strong convexity moduli. Theorem 4.1 shows that this restriction cannot simply be removed. This mission formalizes Theorem 4.1 and the three facts on p. 14 that support it.

Timeline:

  • 1975–1976: Glowinski–Marrocco and Gabay–Mercier introduce two-block ADMM and prove its convergence.
  • 2012: Han and Yuan prove convergence of the multi-block direct extension when every θi\theta_iθi​ is strongly convex and β\betaβ is small enough.
  • 2014 (authors' version), published 2016: Chen, He, Ye and Yuan give the first divergent example (Theorem 3.1) and its strongly convex variant (Theorem 4.1).

Setting

The three-block problem (1.1) is

min⁡ θ1(x1)+θ2(x2)+θ3(x3)s.t.A1x1+A2x2+A3x3=b,xi∈Xi,\min\ \theta_1(x_1)+\theta_2(x_2)+\theta_3(x_3)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3=b,\quad x_i\in\mathcal X_i,min θ1​(x1​)+θ2​(x2​)+θ3​(x3​)s.t.A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​=b,xi​∈Xi​,

with Ai∈Rp×niA_i\in\mathbb R^{p\times n_i}Ai​∈Rp×ni​, b∈Rpb\in\mathbb R^pb∈Rp, closed convex sets Xi⊆Rni\mathcal X_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Xi​⊆Rni​ and convex functions θi:Rni→R\theta_i:\mathbb R^{n_i}\to\mathbb Rθi​:Rni​→R; the solution set is assumed nonempty.

For a penalty parameter β>0\beta>0β>0 and a multiplier λ∈Rp\lambda\in\mathbb R^pλ∈Rp, the augmented Lagrangian (1.6) is

LA(x1,x2,x3,λ)=∑i=13θi(xi)−λT(A1x1+A2x2+A3x3−b)+β2∥A1x1+A2x2+A3x3−b∥2.\mathcal L_{\mathcal A}(x_1,x_2,x_3,\lambda)=\sum_{i=1}^3\theta_i(x_i)-\lambda^T(A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3-b)+\frac\beta2\|A_1x_1+A_2x_2+A_3x_3-b\|^2 .LA​(x1​,x2​,x3​,λ)=i=1∑3​θi​(xi​)−λT(A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​−b)+2β​∥A1​x1​+A2​x2​+A3​x3​−b∥2.

The direct extension of ADMM (1.5) starts from (x20,x30,λ0)(x_2^0,x_3^0,\lambda^0)(x20​,x30​,λ0) and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0, sets x1k+1x_1^{k+1}x1k+1​, x2k+1x_2^{k+1}x2k+1​, x3k+1x_3^{k+1}x3k+1​ to minimizers of LA\mathcal L_{\mathcal A}LA​ over X1,X2,X3\mathcal X_1,\mathcal X_2,\mathcal X_3X1​,X2​,X3​ in that order, each with the newest values of the other blocks, and then sets λk+1=λk−β(A1x1k+1+A2x2k+1+A3x3k+1−b)\lambda^{k+1}=\lambda^k-\beta(A_1x_1^{k+1}+A_2x_2^{k+1}+A_3x_3^{k+1}-b)λk+1=λk−β(A1​x1k+1​+A2​x2k+1​+A3​x3k+1​−b).

A function fff is mmm-strongly convex if f−m2∥⋅∥2f-\frac m2\|\cdot\|^2f−2m​∥⋅∥2 is convex.

The instance (4.1) is

min⁡ 0.05x12+0.05x22+0.05x32s.t.(111112122)(x1x2x3)=0,\min\ 0.05x_1^2+0.05x_2^2+0.05x_3^2\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\begin{pmatrix}1&1&1\\1&1&2\\1&2&2\end{pmatrix}\begin{pmatrix}x_1\\x_2\\x_3\end{pmatrix}=0,min 0.05x12​+0.05x22​+0.05x32​s.t.​111​112​122​​​x1​x2​x3​​​=0,

with scalar xix_ixi​, Xi=R\mathcal X_i=\mathbb RXi​=R and b=0b=0b=0. Its unique solution is x=0x=0x=0. For β=1\beta=1β=1 the state after an iteration is z=(x2,x3,λ1,λ2,λ3)∈R5z=(x_2,x_3,\lambda_1,\lambda_2,\lambda_3)\in\mathbb R^5z=(x2​,x3​,λ1​,λ2​,λ3​)∈R5, and M41M_{41}M41​ denotes the 5×55\times55×5 iteration matrix that maps zkz^kzk to zk+1z^{k+1}zk+1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For the model (1.1) with strongly convex objective, (1.5) is not necessarily convergent for all β>0\beta>0β>0. Formally, (4.1) satisfies the standing assumptions, each θi\theta_iθi​ is 110\tfrac1{10}101​-strongly convex, and at β=1\beta=1β=1 there is a starting point (x20,x30,λ0)(x_2^0,x_3^0,\lambda^0)(x20​,x30​,λ0) from which a run of (1.5) exists and

no run (x1k,x2k,x3k,λk)k≥0 of (1.5) from it converges.\text{no run }(x_1^k,x_2^k,x_3^k,\lambda^k)_{k\ge0}\text{ of (1.5) from it converges.}no run (x1k​,x2k​,x3k​,λk)k≥0​ of (1.5) from it converges.

The goal fixes the witness instance and β=1\beta=1β=1, because those are what the paper computes. It does not fix the starting point.

Milestones

  1. Fixed matrix mapping. Every run of (1.5) on (4.1) with β=1\beta=1β=1 satisfies zk+1=M41zkz^{k+1}=M_{41}z^kzk+1=M41​zk for all kkk, with the explicit rational matrix M41M_{41}M41​.
  2. Spectral radius. ρ(M41)\rho(M_{41})ρ(M41​), the largest modulus of a complex eigenvalue, lies in [1.00865,1.00875)[1.00865,1.00875)[1.00865,1.00875), i.e. equals 1.00871.00871.0087 to the four decimals of the page.
  3. Diverging powers. Some real z∈R5z\in\mathbb R^5z∈R5 has ∥M41kz∥→∞\|M_{41}^kz\|\to\infty∥M41k​z∥→∞.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 says that strong convexity of each θi\theta_iθi​, on its own, does not make the three-block direct extension of ADMM converge. Convergence results for strongly convex models therefore have to restrict β\betaβ, as Han and Yuan do, or modify the scheme. Examples of modified schemes are a shrunken multiplier step (discussed in §4.2 of the paper) and Gaussian back substitution (He, Tao & Yuan 2012). The example is also a concrete test case: any proposed sufficient condition for convergence has to exclude (4.1) at β=1\beta=1β=1.

The theorem is proved in the paper, but only in outline: the iteration matrix is not printed, the spectral radius is reported as the outcome of "a simple calculation", and the construction of a divergent starting point is "omitted for succinctness". A formalization makes each step explicit and machine-checked. That means the exact iteration matrix, a certified enclosure of its spectral radius, and a real starting point whose iterates are unbounded. As far as is known, none of these results has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

There are three separate difficulties.

  • Reduction to a matrix. The method is defined by three minimizations, not by a formula, so the matrix recursion has to be derived from those minimizations.
  • Certifying the spectral radius. The spectral radius is a property of a degree-5 characteristic polynomial with large rational coefficients. Its dominant roots are a non-real conjugate pair of modulus about 1.008741.008741.00874, so the margin above 111 is under one percent, and the rounding interval requested is narrow.
  • From eigenvalue to divergence. A spectral radius above 111 does not by itself give a divergent real trajectory. The dominant eigenvectors are complex, and the starting vector must be real yet have a nonzero component along the expanding pair.

A natural first idea is to argue that strong convexity of the objective forces the iterates toward the unique solution. This fails because the multiplier and the coupling between blocks are not controlled by the objective's curvature once β\betaβ is large relative to the moduli.

Formalization scope

Vectors in Rn\mathbb R^nRn are Fin n → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin p) (Fin n) ℝ. The Euclidean square norm in (1.6) is written r⋅rr\cdot rr⋅r (⬝ᵥ), never Mathlib's sup norm. Norms appear otherwise only in "∥⋅∥→∞\|\cdot\|\to\infty∥⋅∥→∞", where every norm on R5\mathbb R^5R5 gives the same meaning. Blocks are separate fields, and multiplier components are 0-based. A run is a predicate on sequences: "xk+1=Argmin⁡x^{k+1}=\operatorname{Argmin}xk+1=Argmin" means "xk+1x^{k+1}xk+1 is a minimizer", and x10x_1^0x10​ is never read. "Converges" means convergence of (x1k,x2k,x3k,λk)(x_1^k,x_2^k,x_3^k,\lambda^k)(x1k​,x2k​,x3k​,λk) in the product topology.

Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn Set.univ (1/10). The paper's "closed convex" θi\theta_iθi​ are real-valued on all of Rni\mathbb R^{n_i}Rni​, hence continuous, so only convexity is stated.

The quantifier "for all β>0\beta>0β>0" is read as "not for every β>0\beta>0β>0", witnessed at β=1\beta=1β=1. The stronger reading, divergence for every β\betaβ, is false for (4.1), where the spectral radius is below 111 for small β\betaβ.

Trivializations ruled out. The goal asserts the existence of a run, so non-convergence cannot hold vacuously. Runs are characterized by minimizer conditions rather than an argmin choice function with junk values. Spectral statements are over C\mathbb CC rather than over real eigenvalues only; the only real eigenvalue of M41M_{41}M41​ is 000.

What a complete development needs: first-order optimality for strictly convex scalar quadratics; existence and uniqueness of the subproblem minimizers; a certified root enclosure for a quartic with rational coefficients (via Rouché-type bounds, interval arithmetic or an explicit factorization over R\mathbb RR); and the passage from a dominant complex eigenpair to a real unbounded orbit. The last two are reusable for any linear-iteration divergence argument, including Theorem 3.1 of the same paper. Contributions of any of these lemmas, as separate theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Chen, B. He, Y. Ye, X. Yuan, The direct extension of ADMM for multi-block convex minimization problems is not necessarily convergent, Math. Program. 155 (2016) 57–79. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0826-5
  • D. Han, X. Yuan, A note on the alternating direction method of multipliers, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 155 (2012) 227–238. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0003-z
  • D. Gabay, B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Comput. Math. Appl. 2 (1976) 17–40. https://doi.org/10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1
  • S. Boyd, N. Parikh, E. Chu, B. Peleato, J. Eckstein, Distributed optimization and statistical learning via the alternating direction method of multipliers, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 3 (2011) 1–122. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000016
7 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 63 of 72Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me